1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 6 // 7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8 // 9 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 10 // 11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 12 13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 110 return llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 111 } 112 113 private: 114 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 115 bool WantClassName; 116 bool AllowTemplates; 117 bool AllowNonTemplates; 118 }; 119 120 } // end anonymous namespace 121 122 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 123 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 124 switch (Kind) { 125 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 126 // token kind is a valid type specifier 127 case tok::kw_short: 128 case tok::kw_long: 129 case tok::kw___int64: 130 case tok::kw___int128: 131 case tok::kw_signed: 132 case tok::kw_unsigned: 133 case tok::kw_void: 134 case tok::kw_char: 135 case tok::kw_int: 136 case tok::kw_half: 137 case tok::kw_float: 138 case tok::kw_double: 139 case tok::kw__Float16: 140 case tok::kw___float128: 141 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 142 case tok::kw_bool: 143 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 144 case tok::kw___auto_type: 145 return true; 146 147 case tok::annot_typename: 148 case tok::kw_char16_t: 149 case tok::kw_char32_t: 150 case tok::kw_typeof: 151 case tok::annot_decltype: 152 case tok::kw_decltype: 153 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 154 155 case tok::kw_char8_t: 156 return getLangOpts().Char8; 157 158 default: 159 break; 160 } 161 162 return false; 163 } 164 165 namespace { 166 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 167 NotFound, 168 FoundNonType, 169 FoundType 170 }; 171 } // end anonymous namespace 172 173 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 174 /// dependent class. 175 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 176 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 177 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 178 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 179 SourceLocation NameLoc, 180 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 181 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 182 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 183 // Look for type decls in base classes. 184 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 185 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 186 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 187 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 188 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 189 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 190 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 191 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 192 // templates. 193 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 194 continue; 195 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 196 if (!TD) 197 continue; 198 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 199 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 200 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 201 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 202 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 203 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 204 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 205 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 206 BaseRD = PS; 207 } 208 } 209 } 210 if (BaseRD) { 211 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 212 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 213 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 214 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 215 } 216 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 217 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 218 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 219 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 220 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 221 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 222 break; 223 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 224 break; 225 } 226 } 227 } 228 } 229 230 return FoundTypeDecl; 231 } 232 233 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 234 const IdentifierInfo &II, 235 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 236 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 237 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 238 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 239 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 240 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 241 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 242 DC = DC->getParent()) { 243 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 244 // templates. 245 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 246 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 247 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 248 } 249 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 250 return nullptr; 251 252 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 253 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 254 // lookup during template instantiation. 255 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 256 257 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 258 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 259 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 260 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 261 262 CXXScopeSpec SS; 263 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 264 265 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 266 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 267 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 268 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 269 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 270 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 271 } 272 273 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 274 /// return the declaration of that type. 275 /// 276 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 277 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 278 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 279 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 280 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 281 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 282 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 283 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 284 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 285 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 286 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 287 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 288 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 289 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 290 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 291 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 292 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 293 294 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 295 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 296 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 297 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 298 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 299 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 300 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 301 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 302 303 if (!LookupCtx) { 304 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 306 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 307 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 308 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 309 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 310 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 311 // 312 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 313 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 314 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 315 return nullptr; 316 317 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 318 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 319 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 320 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 321 322 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 323 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 324 II, NameLoc); 325 return ParsedType::make(T); 326 } 327 328 return nullptr; 329 } 330 331 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 332 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 333 return nullptr; 334 } 335 336 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 337 // lookup for class-names. 338 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 339 LookupOrdinaryName; 340 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 341 if (LookupCtx) { 342 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 343 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 344 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 345 // nested-name-specifier. 346 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 347 348 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 349 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 350 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 351 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 352 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 353 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 354 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 355 LookupName(Result, S); 356 } 357 } else { 358 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 359 LookupName(Result, S); 360 361 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 362 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 363 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 364 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 365 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 366 return TypeInBase; 367 } 368 } 369 370 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 371 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 372 case LookupResult::NotFound: 373 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 374 if (CorrectedII) { 375 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName, 376 AllowDeducedTemplate); 377 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, 378 S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); 379 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 380 TemplateTy Template; 381 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 382 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 383 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 384 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 385 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 386 if (SS && NNS) { 387 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 388 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 389 } 390 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 391 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 392 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 393 // is handled elsewhere). 394 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 395 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 396 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 397 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 398 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 399 IsCtorOrDtorName, 400 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 401 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 402 if (Ty) { 403 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 404 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 405 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 406 if (SS && NNS) 407 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 408 *CorrectedII = NewII; 409 return Ty; 410 } 411 } 412 } 413 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 414 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 415 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 416 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 417 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 418 return nullptr; 419 420 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 421 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 422 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 423 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 424 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 425 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 426 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 427 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 428 return nullptr; 429 } 430 431 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 432 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 433 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 434 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 435 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 436 if (!IIDecl || 437 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 438 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 439 IIDecl = *Res; 440 } 441 } 442 443 if (!IIDecl) { 444 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 445 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 446 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 447 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 448 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 449 // a type name. 450 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 451 return nullptr; 452 } 453 454 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 455 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 456 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 457 // perform the name lookup again. 458 break; 459 460 case LookupResult::Found: 461 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 462 break; 463 } 464 465 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 466 467 QualType T; 468 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 469 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 470 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 471 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 472 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 473 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 474 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 475 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 476 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 477 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 478 << &II << /*Type*/1; 479 480 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 481 482 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 483 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 484 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 485 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 486 if (!HasTrailingDot) 487 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 488 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 489 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 490 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 491 QualType(), false); 492 } 493 494 if (T.isNull()) { 495 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 496 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 497 return nullptr; 498 } 499 500 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 501 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 502 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 503 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 504 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 505 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 506 // Construct a type with type-source information. 507 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 508 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 509 510 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 511 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 512 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 513 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 514 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 515 } else { 516 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 517 } 518 } 519 520 return ParsedType::make(T); 521 } 522 523 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 524 static NestedNameSpecifier * 525 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 526 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 527 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 528 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 529 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 530 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 531 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 532 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 533 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 534 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 535 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 536 } 537 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 538 } 539 540 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 541 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 542 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 543 /// correctly rejects. 544 static const CXXRecordDecl * 545 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 546 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 547 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 548 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 549 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 550 return MD->getParent(); 551 } 552 return nullptr; 553 } 554 555 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 556 SourceLocation NameLoc, 557 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 558 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 559 560 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 561 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 562 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 563 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 564 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 565 // lookup is retried. 566 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 567 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 568 // name specifiers. 569 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 570 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 571 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 572 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 573 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 574 // instantiation time. 575 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 576 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 577 578 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 579 // template instantiation. 580 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 581 << RD; 582 } else { 583 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 584 return ParsedType(); 585 } 586 587 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 588 589 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 590 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 591 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 592 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 593 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 594 595 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 596 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 597 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 598 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 599 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 600 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 601 } 602 603 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 604 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 605 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 606 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 607 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 608 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 609 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 610 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 611 LookupName(R, S, false); 612 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 613 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 614 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 615 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 616 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 617 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 618 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 619 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 620 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 621 } 622 } 623 624 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 625 } 626 627 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 628 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 629 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 630 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 631 /// @code 632 /// template<class T> class A { 633 /// public: 634 /// typedef int TYPE; 635 /// }; 636 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 637 /// public: 638 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 639 /// }; 640 /// @endcode 641 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 642 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 643 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 644 return true; 645 646 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 647 648 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 649 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 650 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 651 return true; 652 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 653 } 654 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 655 } 656 657 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 658 SourceLocation IILoc, 659 Scope *S, 660 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 661 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 662 bool IsTemplateName) { 663 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 664 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 665 return; 666 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 667 SuggestedType = nullptr; 668 669 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 670 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 671 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false, 672 /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName, 673 /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName); 674 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 675 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 676 CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 677 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 678 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 679 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 680 // We corrected to a keyword. 681 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 682 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 683 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 684 << II); 685 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 686 } else { 687 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 688 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 689 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 690 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 691 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 692 << II, CanRecover); 693 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 694 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 695 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 696 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 697 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 698 PDiag(IsTemplateName 699 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 700 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 701 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 702 CanRecover); 703 } else { 704 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 705 } 706 707 if (!CanRecover) 708 return; 709 710 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 711 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 712 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 713 SourceRange(IILoc)); 714 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 715 SuggestedType = 716 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 717 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 718 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 719 /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 720 } 721 return; 722 } 723 724 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 725 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 726 UnqualifiedId Name; 727 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 728 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 729 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 730 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 731 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 732 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 733 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 734 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 735 return; 736 } 737 } 738 739 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 740 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 741 742 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 743 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 744 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 745 << II; 746 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 747 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 748 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 749 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 750 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 751 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 752 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 753 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 754 755 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 756 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 757 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 758 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 759 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 760 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 761 } else { 762 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 763 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 764 } 765 } 766 767 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 768 /// or 769 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 770 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 771 NextToken.is(tok::less); 772 773 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 774 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 775 return true; 776 777 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 778 return true; 779 } 780 781 return false; 782 } 783 784 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 785 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 786 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 787 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 788 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 789 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 790 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 791 StringRef FixItTagName; 792 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 793 case TTK_Class: 794 FixItTagName = "class "; 795 break; 796 797 case TTK_Enum: 798 FixItTagName = "enum "; 799 break; 800 801 case TTK_Struct: 802 FixItTagName = "struct "; 803 break; 804 805 case TTK_Interface: 806 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 807 break; 808 809 case TTK_Union: 810 FixItTagName = "union "; 811 break; 812 } 813 814 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 815 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 816 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 817 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 818 819 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 820 I != IEnd; ++I) 821 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 822 << Name << TagName; 823 824 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 825 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 826 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 827 return true; 828 } 829 830 return false; 831 } 832 833 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 834 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 835 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 836 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 837 838 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 839 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 840 841 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 842 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 843 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 844 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 845 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 846 } 847 848 Sema::NameClassification 849 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 850 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 851 bool IsAddressOfOperand, CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 852 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 853 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 854 855 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 856 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 857 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 858 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 859 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 860 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 861 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 862 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 863 // will reject it later. 864 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 865 } 866 867 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 868 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 869 870 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 871 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 872 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 873 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 874 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 875 return TypeInBase; 876 } 877 878 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 879 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 880 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 881 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 882 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 883 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 884 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 885 return E; 886 } 887 888 bool SecondTry = false; 889 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 890 891 Corrected: 892 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 893 case LookupResult::NotFound: 894 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 895 // call. 896 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 897 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 898 // FIXME: Reference? 899 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 900 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 901 902 // C90 6.3.2.2: 903 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 904 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 905 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 906 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 907 // the function call, the declaration 908 // 909 // extern int identifier (); 910 // 911 // appeared. 912 // 913 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 914 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 915 Result.addDecl(D); 916 Result.resolveKind(); 917 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 918 } 919 } 920 921 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a && !SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 922 // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function 923 // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name. 924 // 925 // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case. 926 TemplateName Template = 927 Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 928 return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template); 929 } 930 931 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 932 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 933 // "struct", or "union". 934 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 935 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 936 break; 937 } 938 939 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 940 // close to this name. 941 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 942 SecondTry = true; 943 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 944 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, 945 &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 946 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 947 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 948 949 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 950 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 951 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 952 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 953 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 954 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 955 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 956 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 957 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 958 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 959 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 960 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 961 } 962 963 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 964 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 965 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 966 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 967 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 968 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 969 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 970 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 971 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 972 } 973 974 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 975 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 976 977 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 978 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 979 return Name; 980 981 // Also update the LookupResult... 982 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 983 Result.clear(); 984 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 985 if (FirstDecl) 986 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 987 988 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 989 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 990 // reference the ivar. 991 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 992 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 993 Result.clear(); 994 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 995 return E; 996 } 997 998 goto Corrected; 999 } 1000 } 1001 1002 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 1003 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1004 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1005 1006 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 1007 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 1008 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 1009 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1010 1011 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1012 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1013 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1014 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1015 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1016 // 1017 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1018 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1019 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1020 // keyword here. 1021 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1022 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1023 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1024 } 1025 1026 case LookupResult::Found: 1027 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1028 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1029 break; 1030 1031 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1032 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1033 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1034 /*AllowDependent=*/false)) { 1035 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1036 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1037 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1038 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1039 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1040 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1041 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1042 // ambiguous. 1043 // 1044 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1045 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1046 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1047 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1048 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1049 break; 1050 } 1051 } 1052 1053 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1054 return NameClassification::Error(); 1055 } 1056 1057 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1058 (IsFilteredTemplateName || 1059 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames( 1060 Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1061 /*AllowDependent=*/false, 1062 /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ !SS.isSet() && 1063 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a))) { 1064 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1065 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1066 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1067 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1068 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1069 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1070 // C++2a [temp.names]p2: 1071 // A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an 1072 // unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one 1073 // or more functions or finds nothing. 1074 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1075 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1076 1077 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1078 bool IsVarTemplate; 1079 TemplateName Template; 1080 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1081 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1082 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1083 Result.end()); 1084 } else if (!Result.empty()) { 1085 auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl( 1086 *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1087 /*AllowDependent=*/false)); 1088 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1089 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1090 1091 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1092 Template = 1093 Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1094 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD); 1095 else 1096 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1097 } else { 1098 // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template 1099 // name. 1100 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1101 Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 1102 } 1103 1104 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1105 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1106 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1107 // to based on which function we selected. 1108 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1109 1110 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1111 } 1112 1113 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1114 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1115 } 1116 1117 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1118 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1119 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1120 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1121 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1122 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1123 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1124 return ParsedType::make(T); 1125 } 1126 1127 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1128 if (!Class) { 1129 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1130 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1131 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1132 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1133 } 1134 1135 if (Class) { 1136 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1137 1138 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1139 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1140 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1141 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1142 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1143 } 1144 1145 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1146 return ParsedType::make(T); 1147 } 1148 1149 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1150 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1151 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1152 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1153 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1154 1155 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1156 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1157 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1158 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1159 (NextIsOp && 1160 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1161 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1162 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1163 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1164 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1165 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1166 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1167 return ParsedType::make(T); 1168 } 1169 1170 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1171 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1172 nullptr, S); 1173 1174 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1175 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1176 } 1177 1178 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1179 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1180 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1181 if (!TD) 1182 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1183 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1184 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1185 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1186 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1187 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1188 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1189 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1190 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1191 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1192 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1193 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD)) 1194 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept; 1195 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1196 } 1197 1198 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1199 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1200 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1201 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1202 1203 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1204 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1205 // the context we'll need to return to. 1206 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1207 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1208 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1209 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1210 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1211 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1212 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1213 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1214 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1215 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1216 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1217 1218 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1219 // lexical context. 1220 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1221 return DC; 1222 1223 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1224 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1225 // class is the context we need to return to. 1226 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1227 DC = RD; 1228 1229 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1230 // declared in. 1231 return DC; 1232 } 1233 1234 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1235 } 1236 1237 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1238 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1239 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1240 CurContext = DC; 1241 S->setEntity(DC); 1242 } 1243 1244 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1245 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1246 1247 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1248 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1249 } 1250 1251 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1252 Decl *D) { 1253 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1254 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1255 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1256 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1257 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1258 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1259 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1260 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1261 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1262 return Result; 1263 } 1264 1265 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1266 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1267 } 1268 1269 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1270 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1271 /// 1272 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1273 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1274 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1275 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1276 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1277 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1278 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1279 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1280 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1281 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1282 // namespace. 1283 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1284 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1285 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1286 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1287 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1288 1289 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1290 1291 #ifndef NDEBUG 1292 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1293 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1294 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1295 #endif 1296 1297 CurContext = DC; 1298 S->setEntity(DC); 1299 } 1300 1301 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1302 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1303 1304 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1305 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1306 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1307 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1308 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1309 1310 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1311 // disappear. 1312 } 1313 1314 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1315 // We assume that the caller has already called 1316 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1317 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1318 if (!FD) 1319 return; 1320 1321 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1322 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1323 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1324 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1325 CurContext = FD; 1326 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1327 1328 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1329 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1330 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1331 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1332 S->AddDecl(Param); 1333 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1334 } 1335 } 1336 } 1337 1338 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1339 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1340 // rather than the top-level class. 1341 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1342 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1343 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1344 } 1345 1346 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1347 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1348 /// 1349 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1350 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1351 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1352 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1353 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1354 /// attribute. 1355 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1356 ASTContext &Context, 1357 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1358 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1359 return true; 1360 1361 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1362 return true; 1363 1364 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1365 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1366 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1367 } 1368 1369 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1370 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1371 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1372 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1373 // scope. 1374 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1375 S = S->getParent(); 1376 1377 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1378 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1379 // into any context. 1380 if (AddToContext) 1381 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1382 1383 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1384 // are function-local declarations. 1385 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1386 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1387 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1388 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1389 return; 1390 1391 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1392 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1393 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1394 return; 1395 1396 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1397 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1398 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1399 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1400 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1401 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1402 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1403 1404 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1405 break; 1406 } 1407 } 1408 1409 S->AddDecl(D); 1410 1411 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1412 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1413 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1414 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1415 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1416 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1417 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1418 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1419 continue; 1420 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1421 break; 1422 } 1423 1424 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1425 } else { 1426 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1427 } 1428 } 1429 1430 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1431 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1432 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1433 } 1434 1435 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1436 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1437 do { 1438 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1439 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1440 return S; 1441 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1442 1443 return nullptr; 1444 } 1445 1446 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1447 DeclContext*, 1448 ASTContext&); 1449 1450 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1451 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1452 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1453 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1454 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1455 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1456 while (F.hasNext()) { 1457 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1458 1459 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1460 continue; 1461 1462 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1463 continue; 1464 1465 F.erase(); 1466 } 1467 1468 F.done(); 1469 } 1470 1471 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1472 /// have compatible owning modules. 1473 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1474 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1475 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1476 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1477 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1478 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1479 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1480 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1481 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1482 return false; 1483 } 1484 1485 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1486 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1487 1488 if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1489 NewM = NewM->Parent; 1490 if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1491 OldM = OldM->Parent; 1492 1493 if (NewM == OldM) 1494 return false; 1495 1496 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview(); 1497 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview(); 1498 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1499 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1500 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1501 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1502 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1503 << New 1504 << NewIsModuleInterface 1505 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1506 << OldIsModuleInterface 1507 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1508 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1509 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1510 return true; 1511 } 1512 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 1516 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1517 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1518 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1519 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1520 } 1521 1522 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1523 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1524 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1525 while (F.hasNext()) 1526 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1527 F.erase(); 1528 1529 F.done(); 1530 } 1531 1532 /// Check for this common pattern: 1533 /// @code 1534 /// class S { 1535 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1536 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1537 /// }; 1538 /// @endcode 1539 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1540 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1541 // the decl here. 1542 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1543 return false; 1544 1545 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1546 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1547 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1548 } 1549 1550 // We need this to handle 1551 // 1552 // typedef struct { 1553 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1554 // } A; 1555 // 1556 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1557 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1558 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1559 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1560 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1561 // not. 1562 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1563 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1564 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1565 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1566 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1567 return true; 1568 } 1569 DC = DC->getParent(); 1570 } 1571 1572 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1573 } 1574 1575 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1576 // these semantics. 1577 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1578 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1579 return false; 1580 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1581 } 1582 1583 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1584 assert(D); 1585 1586 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1587 return false; 1588 1589 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1590 // of members of class templates. 1591 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1592 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1593 return false; 1594 1595 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1596 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1597 return false; 1598 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1599 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1600 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1601 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1602 return false; 1603 1604 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1605 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1606 return false; 1607 } else { 1608 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1609 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1610 return false; 1611 } 1612 1613 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1614 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1615 return false; 1616 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1617 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1618 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1619 // like "inline".) 1620 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1621 return false; 1622 1623 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1624 return false; 1625 1626 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1627 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1628 return false; 1629 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1630 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1631 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1632 return false; 1633 1634 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1635 return false; 1636 } else { 1637 return false; 1638 } 1639 1640 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1641 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1642 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1643 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1644 } 1645 1646 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1647 if (!D) 1648 return; 1649 1650 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1651 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1652 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1653 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1654 } 1655 1656 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1657 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1658 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1659 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1660 } 1661 1662 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1663 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1664 } 1665 1666 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1667 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1668 return false; 1669 1670 bool Referenced = false; 1671 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1672 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1673 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1674 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1675 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 1676 if (BD->isReferenced()) { 1677 Referenced = true; 1678 break; 1679 } 1680 } 1681 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1682 return false; 1683 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1684 Referenced = true; 1685 } 1686 1687 if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1688 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1689 return false; 1690 1691 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1692 return true; 1693 1694 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1695 // functions. 1696 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1697 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1698 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1699 WithinFunction = 1700 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1701 if (!WithinFunction) 1702 return false; 1703 1704 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1705 return true; 1706 1707 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1708 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1709 return false; 1710 1711 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1712 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1713 1714 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1715 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1716 1717 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1718 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1719 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1720 return false; 1721 } 1722 1723 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1724 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1725 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1726 return false; 1727 1728 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1729 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1730 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1731 1732 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1733 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1734 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1735 return false; 1736 1737 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1738 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1739 return false; 1740 1741 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1742 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1743 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1744 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1745 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1746 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1747 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1748 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1749 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1750 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1751 return false; 1752 } 1753 } 1754 } 1755 } 1756 1757 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1758 } 1759 1760 return true; 1761 } 1762 1763 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1764 FixItHint &Hint) { 1765 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1766 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 1767 D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), 1768 true); 1769 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1770 return; 1771 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 1772 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon)); 1773 } 1774 } 1775 1776 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1777 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1778 return; 1779 1780 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1781 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1782 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1783 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1784 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1785 } 1786 } 1787 1788 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1789 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1790 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1791 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1792 return; 1793 1794 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1795 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1796 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1797 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1798 return; 1799 } 1800 1801 FixItHint Hint; 1802 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1803 1804 unsigned DiagID; 1805 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1806 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1807 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1808 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1809 else 1810 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1811 1812 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1813 } 1814 1815 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1816 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1817 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1818 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1819 // MS inline assembly label name. 1820 bool Diagnose = false; 1821 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1822 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1823 else 1824 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1825 if (Diagnose) 1826 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1827 } 1828 1829 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1830 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1831 1832 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1833 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1834 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1835 1836 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1837 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1838 1839 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1840 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1841 1842 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1843 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1844 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1845 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1846 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1847 } 1848 1849 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1850 1851 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1852 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1853 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1854 1855 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1856 // already. 1857 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1858 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1859 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1860 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1861 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1862 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1863 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1864 } 1865 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1866 } 1867 } 1868 } 1869 1870 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1871 /// 1872 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1873 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1874 /// to the fixed name. 1875 /// 1876 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1877 /// 1878 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1879 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1880 /// 1881 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1882 /// class could not be found. 1883 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1884 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1885 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1886 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1887 // creation from this context. 1888 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1889 1890 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1891 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1892 // find an Objective-C class name. 1893 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{}; 1894 if (TypoCorrection C = 1895 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1896 TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1897 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1898 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1899 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1900 } 1901 } 1902 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1903 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1904 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1905 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1906 return Def; 1907 } 1908 1909 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1910 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1911 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1912 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1913 /// ill-formed in C++: 1914 /// @code 1915 /// struct S6 { 1916 /// enum { BAR } e; 1917 /// }; 1918 /// 1919 /// void test_S6() { 1920 /// struct S6 a; 1921 /// a.e = BAR; 1922 /// } 1923 /// @endcode 1924 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1925 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1926 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1927 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1928 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1929 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1930 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1931 /// contain non-field names. 1932 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1933 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1934 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1935 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1936 S = S->getParent(); 1937 return S; 1938 } 1939 1940 /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1941 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1942 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1943 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1944 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1945 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1946 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1947 return; 1948 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1949 1950 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1951 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1952 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1953 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1954 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1955 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1956 } 1957 1958 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID, 1959 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1960 switch (Error) { 1961 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1962 return ""; 1963 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type: 1964 return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID); 1965 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1966 return "stdio.h"; 1967 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1968 return "setjmp.h"; 1969 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1970 return "ucontext.h"; 1971 } 1972 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1973 } 1974 1975 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1976 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1977 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1978 /// built-in. 1979 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1980 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1981 SourceLocation Loc) { 1982 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1983 1984 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1985 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1986 if (Error) { 1987 if (ForRedeclaration) 1988 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1989 << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error) 1990 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1991 return nullptr; 1992 } 1993 1994 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1995 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1996 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1997 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1998 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1999 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 2000 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 2001 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 2002 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 2003 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2004 } 2005 2006 if (R.isNull()) 2007 return nullptr; 2008 2009 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2010 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2011 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 2012 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 2013 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 2014 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 2015 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 2016 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 2017 } 2018 2019 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 2020 Parent, 2021 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2022 SC_Extern, 2023 false, 2024 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 2025 New->setImplicit(); 2026 2027 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 2028 // FunctionDecl. 2029 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 2030 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2031 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 2032 ParmVarDecl *parm = 2033 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2034 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2035 SC_None, nullptr); 2036 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2037 Params.push_back(parm); 2038 } 2039 New->setParams(Params); 2040 } 2041 2042 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2043 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2044 2045 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2046 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2047 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2048 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2049 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2050 CurContext = Parent; 2051 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2052 CurContext = SavedContext; 2053 return New; 2054 } 2055 2056 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2057 /// entity if their types are the same. 2058 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2059 /// isSameEntity. 2060 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2061 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2062 LookupResult &Previous) { 2063 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2064 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2065 return; 2066 2067 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2068 if (Previous.empty()) 2069 return; 2070 2071 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2072 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2073 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2074 2075 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2076 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2077 continue; 2078 2079 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2080 // different linkages. 2081 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2082 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2083 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2084 continue; 2085 2086 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2087 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2088 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2089 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2090 continue; 2091 } 2092 2093 Filter.erase(); 2094 } 2095 2096 Filter.done(); 2097 } 2098 2099 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2100 QualType OldType; 2101 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2102 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2103 else 2104 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2105 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2106 2107 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2108 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2109 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2110 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2111 << Kind << NewType; 2112 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2113 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2114 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2115 return true; 2116 } 2117 2118 if (OldType != NewType && 2119 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2120 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2121 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2122 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2123 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2124 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2125 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2126 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2127 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2128 return true; 2129 } 2130 return false; 2131 } 2132 2133 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2134 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2135 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2136 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2137 /// 2138 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2139 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2140 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2141 // merging checks. 2142 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2143 2144 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2145 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2146 if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { 2147 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2148 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2149 default: break; 2150 case 2: 2151 { 2152 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2153 break; 2154 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2155 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2156 break; 2157 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2158 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2159 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2160 break; 2161 } 2162 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2163 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2164 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2165 return; 2166 } 2167 case 5: 2168 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2169 break; 2170 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2171 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2172 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2173 return; 2174 case 3: 2175 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2176 break; 2177 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2178 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2179 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2180 return; 2181 } 2182 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2183 } 2184 2185 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2186 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2187 if (!Old) { 2188 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2189 << New->getDeclName(); 2190 2191 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2192 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2193 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2194 2195 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2196 } 2197 2198 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2199 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2200 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2201 2202 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2203 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2204 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2205 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2206 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2207 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2208 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2209 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2210 // instead of our tag. 2211 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2212 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2213 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2214 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2215 else 2216 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2217 2218 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2219 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2220 2221 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2222 // out of the scope. 2223 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2224 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2225 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2226 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2227 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2228 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2229 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2230 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2231 } 2232 } 2233 } 2234 } 2235 2236 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2237 // with any extensions enabled. 2238 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2239 return; 2240 2241 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2242 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2243 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2244 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2245 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2246 } 2247 2248 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2249 return; 2250 2251 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2252 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2253 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2254 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2255 // to the type to which it already refers. 2256 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2257 return; 2258 2259 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2260 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2261 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2262 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2263 // 2264 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2265 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2266 // 2267 // struct S { 2268 // typedef struct A { } A; 2269 // }; 2270 // 2271 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2272 // allow the above but disallow 2273 // 2274 // struct S { 2275 // typedef int I; 2276 // typedef int I; 2277 // }; 2278 // 2279 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2280 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2281 return; 2282 2283 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2284 << New->getDeclName(); 2285 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2286 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2287 } 2288 2289 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2290 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2291 return; 2292 2293 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2294 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2295 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2296 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2297 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2298 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2299 (Old->isImplicit() || 2300 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2301 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2302 return; 2303 2304 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2305 << New->getDeclName(); 2306 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2307 } 2308 2309 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2310 /// attribute. 2311 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2312 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2313 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2314 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2315 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2316 if (Ann) { 2317 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2318 return true; 2319 continue; 2320 } 2321 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2322 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2323 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2324 return true; 2325 } 2326 2327 return false; 2328 } 2329 2330 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2331 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2332 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2333 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2334 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2335 return true; 2336 } 2337 2338 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2339 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2340 /// 2341 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2342 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2343 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2344 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2345 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2346 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2347 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2348 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2349 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2350 // in a case like: 2351 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2352 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2353 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2354 // definition in such a case. 2355 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2356 return false; 2357 2358 if (I->isAlignas()) 2359 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2360 2361 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2362 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2363 OldAlign = Align; 2364 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2365 } 2366 } 2367 2368 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2369 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2370 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2371 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2372 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2373 return false; 2374 2375 if (I->isAlignas()) 2376 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2377 2378 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2379 if (Align > NewAlign) 2380 NewAlign = Align; 2381 } 2382 2383 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2384 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2385 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2386 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2387 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2388 2389 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2390 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2391 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2392 QualType Ty; 2393 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2394 Ty = VD->getType(); 2395 else 2396 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2397 2398 if (OldAlign == 0) 2399 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2400 if (NewAlign == 0) 2401 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2402 } 2403 2404 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2405 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2406 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2407 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2408 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2409 } 2410 } 2411 2412 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2413 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2414 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2415 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2416 // equivalent alignment. 2417 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2418 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2419 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2420 // have no alignment specifier. 2421 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2422 << OldAlignasAttr; 2423 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2424 << OldAlignasAttr; 2425 } 2426 2427 bool AnyAdded = false; 2428 2429 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2430 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2431 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2432 Clone->setInherited(true); 2433 New->addAttr(Clone); 2434 AnyAdded = true; 2435 } 2436 2437 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2438 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2439 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2440 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2441 Clone->setInherited(true); 2442 New->addAttr(Clone); 2443 AnyAdded = true; 2444 } 2445 2446 return AnyAdded; 2447 } 2448 2449 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2450 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2451 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2452 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2453 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2454 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2455 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2456 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2457 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2458 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2459 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2460 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2461 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2462 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( 2463 D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), 2464 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), 2465 AA->getUnavailable(), AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2466 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, AA->getPriority(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2467 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2468 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2469 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2470 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2471 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2472 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2473 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2474 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2475 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2476 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2477 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2478 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2479 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2480 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2481 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2482 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2483 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2484 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2485 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2486 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) 2487 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, CSA->getRange(), CSA->getName(), 2488 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2489 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2490 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2491 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2492 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2493 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2494 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2495 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2496 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2497 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2498 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2499 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2500 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2501 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2502 return false; 2503 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2504 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2505 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2506 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2507 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2508 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA); 2509 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2510 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA); 2511 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2512 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2513 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2514 NewAttr = nullptr; 2515 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2516 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2517 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2518 NewAttr = nullptr; 2519 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2520 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2521 UA->getGuid()); 2522 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2523 NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2524 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2525 NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2526 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2527 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2528 2529 if (NewAttr) { 2530 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2531 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2532 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2533 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2534 return true; 2535 } 2536 2537 return false; 2538 } 2539 2540 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2541 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2542 return TD->getDefinition(); 2543 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2544 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2545 if (Def) 2546 return Def; 2547 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2548 } 2549 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2550 return FD->getDefinition(); 2551 return nullptr; 2552 } 2553 2554 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2555 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2556 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2557 return true; 2558 return false; 2559 } 2560 2561 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2562 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2563 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2564 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2565 return; 2566 2567 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2568 if (!Def || Def == New) 2569 return; 2570 2571 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2572 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2573 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2574 2575 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2576 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2577 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2578 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2579 2580 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2581 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2582 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2583 --E; 2584 continue; 2585 } 2586 } else { 2587 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2588 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2589 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2590 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2591 : diag::err_redefinition; 2592 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2593 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2594 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2595 else 2596 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2597 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2598 } 2599 ++I; 2600 continue; 2601 } 2602 2603 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2604 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2605 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2606 ++I; 2607 continue; 2608 } 2609 } 2610 2611 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2612 ++I; 2613 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2614 } 2615 2616 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2617 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2618 ++I; 2619 continue; 2620 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2621 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2622 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2623 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2624 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2625 // equivalent alignment. 2626 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2627 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2628 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2629 // have no alignment specifier. 2630 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2631 << AA; 2632 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2633 << AA; 2634 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2635 --E; 2636 continue; 2637 } 2638 } 2639 2640 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2641 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2642 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2643 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2644 --E; 2645 } 2646 } 2647 2648 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2649 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2650 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2651 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2652 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2653 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2654 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2655 } 2656 2657 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2658 return; 2659 2660 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2661 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2662 2663 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2664 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2665 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2666 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2667 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2668 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2669 } 2670 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2671 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2672 // already been ODR-used. 2673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2674 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2675 } 2676 } 2677 2678 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2679 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2680 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2681 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2682 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2683 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2684 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2685 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2686 << NewTag; 2687 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2688 } 2689 } 2690 } else { 2691 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2692 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2693 } 2694 } 2695 2696 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2697 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2698 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2699 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2700 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2701 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2702 } 2703 } 2704 } 2705 2706 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. 2707 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); 2708 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && 2709 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { 2710 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) 2711 << 0 /*codeseg*/; 2712 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2713 } 2714 2715 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2716 return; 2717 2718 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2719 2720 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2721 // we process them. 2722 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2723 2724 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2725 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2726 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2727 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2728 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2729 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2730 switch (AMK) { 2731 case AMK_None: 2732 continue; 2733 2734 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2735 case AMK_Override: 2736 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2737 LocalAMK = AMK; 2738 break; 2739 } 2740 } 2741 2742 // Already handled. 2743 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2744 continue; 2745 2746 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2747 foundAny = true; 2748 } 2749 2750 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2751 foundAny = true; 2752 2753 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2754 } 2755 2756 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2757 /// to the new one. 2758 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2759 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2760 Sema &S) { 2761 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2762 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2763 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2764 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2765 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2766 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2767 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2768 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2769 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2770 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2771 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2772 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2773 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2774 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2775 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2776 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2777 } 2778 2779 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2780 return; 2781 2782 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2783 2784 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2785 // done before we process them. 2786 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2787 2788 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2789 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2790 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2791 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2792 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2793 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2794 foundAny = true; 2795 } 2796 } 2797 2798 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2799 } 2800 2801 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2802 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2803 Sema &S) { 2804 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2805 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2806 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2807 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2808 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2809 *Newnullability, 2810 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2811 != 0)) 2812 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2813 *Oldnullability, 2814 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2815 != 0)); 2816 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2817 } 2818 } else { 2819 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2820 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2821 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2822 NewT, NewT); 2823 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2824 } 2825 } 2826 } 2827 2828 namespace { 2829 2830 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2831 /// C. 2832 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2833 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2834 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2835 QualType PromotedType; 2836 }; 2837 2838 } // end anonymous namespace 2839 2840 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2841 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2842 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2843 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2844 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2845 2846 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2847 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2848 2849 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2850 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2851 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2852 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2853 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2854 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2855 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2856 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2857 } 2858 2859 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2860 } 2861 2862 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2863 // declaration, or a declaration. 2864 template <typename T> 2865 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2866 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2867 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2868 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2869 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2870 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2871 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2872 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2873 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2874 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2875 } else 2876 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2877 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2878 } 2879 2880 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2881 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2882 /// GNU89 mode. 2883 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2884 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2885 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2886 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2887 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2888 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2889 } 2890 2891 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2892 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2893 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2894 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2895 return AT; 2896 } 2897 2898 template <typename T> 2899 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2900 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2901 if (DC->isRecord()) 2902 return false; 2903 2904 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2905 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2906 return true; 2907 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2908 return true; 2909 return false; 2910 } 2911 2912 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2913 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2914 2915 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2916 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2917 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2918 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2919 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2920 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2921 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2922 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2923 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2924 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2925 // and function templates; or 2926 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2927 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2928 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2929 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2930 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2931 2932 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2933 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2934 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2935 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2936 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2937 2938 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2939 if (Old && 2940 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2941 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2942 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2943 Old = nullptr; 2944 2945 if (!Old) { 2946 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2947 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2948 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2949 return true; 2950 } 2951 return false; 2952 } 2953 2954 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2955 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2956 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2957 2958 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2959 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2960 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2961 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2962 return true; 2963 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() && 2964 AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic(); 2965 }; 2966 2967 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2968 } 2969 2970 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 2971 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 2972 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 2973 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 2974 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 2975 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 2976 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 2977 // 2978 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 2979 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 2980 // 2981 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 2982 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 2983 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 2984 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 2985 return; 2986 2987 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 2988 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2989 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2990 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 2991 return; 2992 2993 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 2994 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 2995 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 2996 2997 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2998 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 2999 if (!D) 3000 return; 3001 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 3002 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 3003 }; 3004 3005 FixSemaDC(NewD); 3006 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 3007 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 3008 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 3009 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 3010 } 3011 3012 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 3013 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 3014 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 3015 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3016 /// 3017 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 3018 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 3019 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 3020 /// merged with. 3021 /// 3022 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 3023 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 3024 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3025 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 3026 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 3027 if (!Old) { 3028 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 3029 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 3030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 3031 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 3032 diag::note_using_decl_target); 3033 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 3034 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3035 return true; 3036 } 3037 3038 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 3039 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3040 return true; 3041 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 3042 } else { 3043 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3044 << New->getDeclName(); 3045 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3046 return true; 3047 } 3048 } 3049 3050 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3051 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3052 return true; 3053 3054 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3055 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3056 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3057 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3058 << Old << Old->getType(); 3059 return true; 3060 } 3061 3062 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3063 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3064 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3065 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3066 3067 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3068 // is an extern inline function. 3069 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3070 // storage classes. 3071 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3072 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3073 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3074 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3075 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3076 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3078 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3079 } else { 3080 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3081 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3082 return true; 3083 } 3084 } 3085 3086 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3087 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3089 << New->getDeclName(); 3090 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3091 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3092 } 3093 3094 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3095 return true; 3096 3097 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3098 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3099 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3101 << New << OldOvl; 3102 3103 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3104 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3105 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3106 // 3107 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3108 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3109 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3110 if (OldOvl) { 3111 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3112 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3113 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3114 }); 3115 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3116 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3117 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3118 } 3119 3120 if (DiagOld) 3121 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3122 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3123 << OldOvl; 3124 3125 if (OldOvl) 3126 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3127 else 3128 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3129 } 3130 } 3131 3132 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3133 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3134 // convention of the first. 3135 // 3136 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3137 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3138 // 3139 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3140 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3141 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3142 // 3143 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3144 // other tests to run. 3145 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3146 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3147 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3148 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3149 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3150 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3151 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3152 3153 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3154 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3155 const FunctionType *FT = 3156 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3157 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3158 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3159 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3160 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3161 // there but not here. 3162 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3163 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3164 } else if (New->getBuiltinID()) { 3165 // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a 3166 // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is 3167 // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration. 3168 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) 3169 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3170 << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction; 3171 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3172 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3173 } else { 3174 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3175 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3176 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3177 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3178 << !FirstCCExplicit 3179 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3180 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3181 3182 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3183 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3184 return true; 3185 } 3186 } 3187 3188 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3189 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3190 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3191 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3192 } 3193 3194 // Merge regparm attribute. 3195 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3196 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3197 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3198 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3199 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3200 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3201 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3202 return true; 3203 } 3204 3205 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3206 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3207 } 3208 3209 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3210 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3211 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3212 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3213 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3214 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3215 return true; 3216 } 3217 3218 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3219 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3220 } 3221 3222 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3223 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3224 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3225 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3226 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3227 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3228 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3229 return true; 3230 } 3231 3232 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3233 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3234 } 3235 3236 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3237 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3238 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3239 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3240 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3241 } 3242 3243 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3244 // UndefinedButUsed. 3245 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3246 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3247 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3248 Old->isUsed(false) && 3249 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3250 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3251 SourceLocation())); 3252 3253 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3254 // about it. 3255 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3256 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3257 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3258 } 3259 3260 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3261 // redeclaration. 3262 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3263 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3264 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3265 << New->getDeclName(); 3266 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3267 return true; 3268 } 3269 3270 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3271 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3272 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3273 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3274 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3275 3276 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3277 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3278 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3279 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3280 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3281 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3282 return true; 3283 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3284 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3285 3286 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3287 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3288 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3289 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3290 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3291 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3292 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3293 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3294 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, 3295 OldDeclaredReturnType)) { 3296 QualType ResQT; 3297 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3298 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3299 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. 3300 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3301 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3302 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3303 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3304 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3305 else 3306 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3307 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3308 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3309 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3310 return true; 3311 } 3312 else 3313 NewQType = ResQT; 3314 } 3315 3316 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3317 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3318 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3319 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3320 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3321 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3322 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3323 New->setType( 3324 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3325 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3326 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3327 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3328 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3329 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3330 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3331 } 3332 } 3333 3334 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3335 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3336 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3337 // Preserve triviality. 3338 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3339 3340 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3341 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3342 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3343 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3344 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3345 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3346 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3347 3348 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3349 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3350 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3351 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3352 // is a static member function declaration. 3353 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3354 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3355 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3356 return true; 3357 } 3358 3359 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3360 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3361 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3362 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3363 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3364 unsigned NewDiag; 3365 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3366 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3367 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3368 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3369 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3370 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3371 else 3372 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3373 3374 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3375 } else { 3376 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3377 << New << New->getType(); 3378 } 3379 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3380 return true; 3381 3382 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3383 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3384 // 3385 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3386 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3387 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3388 if (isFriend) { 3389 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3390 } else { 3391 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3392 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3393 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3394 return true; 3395 } 3396 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3397 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3398 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3399 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3400 return true; 3401 } 3402 } 3403 3404 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3405 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3406 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3407 // attribute. 3408 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3409 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3410 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3411 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3412 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3413 } 3414 3415 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3416 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3417 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3418 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3419 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3420 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3421 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3422 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3423 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3424 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3425 } 3426 3427 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3428 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3429 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3430 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3431 3432 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3433 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3434 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3435 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3436 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3437 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3438 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3439 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3440 } 3441 3442 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3443 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3444 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3445 // 3446 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3447 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3448 // linkage within class scope. 3449 // 3450 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3451 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3452 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3453 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3454 } else { 3455 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3456 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3457 return true; 3458 } 3459 } 3460 3461 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3462 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3463 3464 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or 3465 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again 3466 // during instantiation. 3467 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) 3468 return false; 3469 3470 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3471 } 3472 3473 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3474 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3475 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3476 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3477 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3478 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3479 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3480 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3481 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3482 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3483 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3484 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3485 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3486 NewQType = 3487 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3488 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3489 New->setType(NewQType); 3490 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3491 3492 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3493 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3494 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3495 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3496 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3497 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3498 SC_None, nullptr); 3499 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3500 Param->setImplicit(); 3501 Params.push_back(Param); 3502 } 3503 3504 New->setParams(Params); 3505 } 3506 3507 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3508 } 3509 3510 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3511 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3512 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3513 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3514 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3515 // the prototype. 3516 // 3517 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3518 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3519 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3520 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3521 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3522 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3523 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3524 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3525 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3526 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3527 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3528 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3529 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3530 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3531 3532 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3533 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3534 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3535 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3536 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3537 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3538 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3539 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3540 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3541 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3542 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3543 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3544 NewParm->getType(), 3545 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3546 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3547 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3548 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3549 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3550 } else 3551 LooseCompatible = false; 3552 } 3553 3554 if (LooseCompatible) { 3555 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3556 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3557 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3558 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3559 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3560 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3561 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3562 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3563 } 3564 3565 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3566 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3567 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3568 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3569 } 3570 3571 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3572 } 3573 3574 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3575 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3576 3577 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3578 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3579 unsigned BuiltinID; 3580 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3581 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3582 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3583 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3584 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3585 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3586 << Old << Old->getType(); 3587 3588 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3589 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3590 // 3591 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3592 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3593 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3594 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3595 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3596 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3597 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3598 3599 return false; 3600 } 3601 3602 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3603 } 3604 3605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3606 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3607 return true; 3608 } 3609 3610 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3611 /// known to be compatible. 3612 /// 3613 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3614 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3615 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3616 /// redeclaration of Old. 3617 /// 3618 /// \returns false 3619 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3620 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3621 // Merge the attributes 3622 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3623 3624 // Merge "pure" flag. 3625 if (Old->isPure()) 3626 New->setPure(); 3627 3628 // Merge "used" flag. 3629 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3630 New->setIsUsed(); 3631 3632 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3633 // declarations. 3634 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3635 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3636 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3637 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3638 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3639 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3640 } 3641 3642 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3643 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3644 3645 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3646 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3647 // was visible. 3648 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3649 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3650 New->setType(Merged); 3651 3652 return false; 3653 } 3654 3655 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3656 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3657 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3658 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3659 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3660 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3661 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3662 : AMK_Override; 3663 3664 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3665 3666 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3667 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3668 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3669 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3670 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3671 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3672 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3673 3674 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3675 } 3676 3677 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3678 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3679 3680 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3681 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3682 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3683 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3684 3685 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3686 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3687 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3688 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3689 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3690 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3691 } 3692 3693 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3694 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3695 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3696 /// 3697 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3698 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3699 /// is attached. 3700 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3701 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3702 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3703 return; 3704 3705 QualType MergedT; 3706 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3707 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3708 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3709 return; 3710 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3711 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3712 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3713 } 3714 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3715 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3716 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3717 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3718 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3719 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3720 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3721 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3722 3723 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3724 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3725 // mismatch. 3726 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3727 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3728 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3729 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3730 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3731 continue; 3732 3733 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3734 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3735 } 3736 } 3737 3738 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3739 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3740 NewArray->getElementType())) 3741 MergedT = New->getType(); 3742 } 3743 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3744 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3745 // visible. 3746 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3747 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3748 NewArray->getElementType())) 3749 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3750 } 3751 } 3752 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3753 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3754 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3755 Old->getType()); 3756 } 3757 } else { 3758 // C 6.2.7p2: 3759 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3760 // compatible type. 3761 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3762 } 3763 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3764 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3765 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3766 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3767 // equivalent. 3768 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3769 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3770 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3771 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3772 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3773 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3774 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3775 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3776 return; 3777 } 3778 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3779 } 3780 3781 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3782 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3783 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3784 New->setType(MergedT); 3785 } 3786 3787 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3788 LookupResult &Previous) { 3789 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3790 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3791 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3792 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3793 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3794 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3795 // 3796 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3797 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3798 return false; 3799 3800 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3801 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3802 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3803 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3804 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3805 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3806 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3807 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3808 } else { 3809 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3810 // type unless we're in the same function. 3811 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3812 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3813 } 3814 } 3815 3816 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3817 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3818 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3819 /// 3820 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3821 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3822 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3823 /// 3824 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3825 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3826 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3827 return; 3828 3829 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3830 return; 3831 3832 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3833 3834 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3835 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3836 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3837 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3838 if (NewTemplate) { 3839 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3840 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3841 3842 if (auto *Shadow = 3843 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3844 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3845 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3846 } else { 3847 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3848 3849 if (auto *Shadow = 3850 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3851 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3852 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3853 } 3854 } 3855 if (!Old) { 3856 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3857 << New->getDeclName(); 3858 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3859 New->getLocation()); 3860 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3861 } 3862 3863 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3864 if (NewTemplate && 3865 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3866 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3867 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3868 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3869 3870 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3871 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3872 // 3873 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3874 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3875 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3876 << New->getIdentifier(); 3877 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3878 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3879 } 3880 3881 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3882 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3883 // declaration 3884 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3885 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3886 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3887 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3888 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3889 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3890 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3891 } 3892 3893 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3894 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3895 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3896 << New->getDeclName(); 3897 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3898 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3899 } 3900 3901 // Merge the types. 3902 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3903 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3904 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3905 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3906 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3907 return; 3908 } 3909 3910 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3911 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3912 return; 3913 3914 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3915 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3916 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3917 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3918 3919 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3920 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3921 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3922 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3923 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3924 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3925 << New->getDeclName(); 3926 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3927 } else { 3928 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3929 << New->getDeclName(); 3930 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3931 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3932 } 3933 } 3934 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3935 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3936 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3937 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3938 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3939 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3940 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3941 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3942 // identifier has external linkage. 3943 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3944 /* Okay */; 3945 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3946 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3947 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3949 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3950 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3951 } 3952 3953 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3954 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3955 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3956 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3957 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3958 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3959 } 3960 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3961 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3962 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3963 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3964 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3965 } 3966 3967 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3968 return; 3969 3970 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3971 3972 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3973 // need to check for mismatches. 3974 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3975 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3976 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3977 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3979 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3980 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3981 } 3982 3983 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3984 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3985 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3986 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3987 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3988 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3989 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3990 } 3991 } 3992 3993 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 3994 // UndefinedButUsed. 3995 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3996 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3997 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3998 SourceLocation())); 3999 4000 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 4001 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 4002 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4003 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4004 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 4005 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4006 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4007 } else { 4008 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 4009 // static and dynamic initialization. 4010 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 4011 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 4012 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 4013 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 4014 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4015 } 4016 } 4017 4018 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 4019 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4020 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 4021 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 4022 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 4023 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 4024 Diag(New->getLocation(), 4025 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 4026 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4027 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 4028 return; 4029 } 4030 } 4031 4032 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 4033 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 4034 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4035 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4036 return; 4037 } 4038 4039 // Merge "used" flag. 4040 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 4041 New->setIsUsed(); 4042 4043 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4044 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4045 if (NewTemplate) 4046 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4047 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4048 4049 // Inherit access appropriately. 4050 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4051 if (NewTemplate) 4052 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4053 4054 if (Old->isInline()) 4055 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4056 } 4057 4058 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4059 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4060 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4061 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4062 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4063 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4064 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4065 StringRef HdrFilename = 4066 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4067 4068 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4069 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4070 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4071 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4072 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4073 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4074 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4075 if (Mod) { 4076 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4077 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4078 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4079 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4080 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4081 } else { 4082 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4083 << HdrFilename.str(); 4084 } 4085 return true; 4086 } 4087 4088 return false; 4089 }; 4090 4091 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4092 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4093 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4094 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4095 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4096 bool EmittedDiag = 4097 noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4098 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4099 4100 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4101 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4102 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4103 4104 if (EmittedDiag) 4105 return; 4106 } 4107 4108 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4109 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4110 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4111 } 4112 4113 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4114 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4115 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4116 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4117 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4118 New->isInline() || 4119 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4120 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4121 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4122 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4123 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4124 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4125 4126 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4127 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4128 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4129 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4130 return false; 4131 } else { 4132 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4133 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4134 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4135 return true; 4136 } 4137 } 4138 4139 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4140 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4141 Decl * 4142 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4143 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4144 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4145 AnonRecord); 4146 } 4147 4148 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4149 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4150 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4151 // compatibility. 4152 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4153 // targeted. 4154 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4155 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4156 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4157 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4158 } 4159 4160 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4161 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4162 return; 4163 4164 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4165 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4166 // it is anonymous. 4167 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4168 return; 4169 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4170 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4171 Context.setManglingNumber( 4172 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4173 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4174 return; 4175 } 4176 4177 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4178 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4179 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4180 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4181 Context.setManglingNumber( 4182 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4183 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4184 } 4185 } 4186 4187 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4188 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4189 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4190 return; 4191 4192 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4193 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4194 return; 4195 4196 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4197 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4198 4199 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4200 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4201 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4202 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4203 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4204 return; 4205 } 4206 4207 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4208 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4209 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4210 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4211 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4212 // for how to handle it. 4213 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4214 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4215 4216 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4217 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4218 4219 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4220 textToInsert += ' '; 4221 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4222 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4223 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4224 return; 4225 } 4226 4227 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4228 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4229 } 4230 4231 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4232 switch (T) { 4233 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4234 return 0; 4235 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4236 return 1; 4237 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4238 return 2; 4239 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4240 return 3; 4241 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4242 return 4; 4243 default: 4244 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4245 } 4246 } 4247 4248 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4249 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4250 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4251 Decl * 4252 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4253 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4254 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4255 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4256 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4257 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4258 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4259 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4260 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4261 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4262 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4263 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4264 4265 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4266 return nullptr; 4267 4268 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4269 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4270 // it's a Type. 4271 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4272 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4273 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4274 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4275 } 4276 4277 if (Tag) { 4278 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4279 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4280 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4281 return Tag; 4282 } 4283 4284 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4285 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4286 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4287 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4288 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4289 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4290 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4291 } 4292 4293 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4294 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4295 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4296 4297 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) { 4298 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4299 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4300 // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to 4301 // the declaration of a function or function template 4302 bool IsConsteval = DS.getConstexprSpecifier() == CSK_consteval; 4303 if (Tag) 4304 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4305 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << IsConsteval; 4306 else 4307 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 4308 << IsConsteval; 4309 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4310 return TagD; 4311 } 4312 4313 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4314 4315 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4316 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4317 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4318 if (TagD && !Tag) 4319 return nullptr; 4320 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4321 } 4322 4323 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4324 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4325 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4326 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4327 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4328 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4329 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4330 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4331 // or an explicit specialization. 4332 // 4333 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4334 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4335 // 4336 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4337 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4338 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4339 return nullptr; 4340 } 4341 4342 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4343 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4344 4345 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4346 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4347 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4348 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4349 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4350 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4351 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4352 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4353 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4354 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4355 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4356 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4357 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4358 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4359 AnonRecord = Record; 4360 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4361 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4362 } 4363 4364 DeclaresAnything = false; 4365 } 4366 } 4367 4368 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4369 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4370 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4371 // 4372 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4373 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4374 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4375 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4376 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4377 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4378 // struct STRUCT; 4379 // union UNION; 4380 // and 4381 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4382 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4383 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4384 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4385 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4386 if (Tag) 4387 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4388 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4389 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4390 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4391 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4392 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4393 4394 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4395 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4396 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4397 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4398 } 4399 4400 DeclaresAnything = false; 4401 } 4402 } 4403 4404 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4405 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4406 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4407 return TagD; 4408 4409 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4410 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4411 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4412 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4413 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4414 DeclaresAnything = false; 4415 4416 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4417 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4418 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4419 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4420 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4421 else 4422 DeclaresAnything = false; 4423 } 4424 4425 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4426 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4427 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4428 << Tag->getTagKind() 4429 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4430 4431 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4432 4433 // C 6.7/2: 4434 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4435 // or the members of an enumeration. 4436 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4437 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4438 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4439 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4440 // previous declaration. 4441 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4442 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4443 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4444 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4445 return TagD; 4446 } 4447 4448 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4449 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4450 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4451 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4452 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4453 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4454 // 4455 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4456 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4457 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4458 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4459 4460 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4461 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4462 // useless. 4463 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4464 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4465 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4466 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4467 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4468 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4469 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4470 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4471 } 4472 4473 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4474 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4475 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4476 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4477 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4478 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4479 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4480 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4481 // Restrict is covered above. 4482 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4483 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4484 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4485 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4486 } 4487 4488 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4489 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4490 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4491 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4492 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4493 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4494 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4495 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4496 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4497 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4498 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) 4499 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4500 << AL.getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4501 } 4502 } 4503 4504 return TagD; 4505 } 4506 4507 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4508 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4509 /// 4510 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4511 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4512 Scope *S, 4513 DeclContext *Owner, 4514 DeclarationName Name, 4515 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4516 bool IsUnion) { 4517 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4518 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4519 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4520 4521 // Pick a representative declaration. 4522 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4523 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4524 4525 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4526 return false; 4527 4528 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4529 << IsUnion << Name; 4530 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4531 4532 return true; 4533 } 4534 4535 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4536 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4537 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4538 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4539 /// struct, e.g., 4540 /// 4541 /// @code 4542 /// union { 4543 /// int i; 4544 /// float f; 4545 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4546 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4547 /// @endcode 4548 /// 4549 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4550 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4551 static bool 4552 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4553 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4554 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4555 bool Invalid = false; 4556 4557 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4558 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4559 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4560 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4561 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4562 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4563 VD->getLocation(), 4564 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4565 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4566 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4567 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4568 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4569 Invalid = true; 4570 } else { 4571 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4572 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4573 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4574 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4575 // anonymous union is declared. 4576 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4577 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4578 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4579 else 4580 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4581 4582 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4583 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4584 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4585 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4586 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4587 4588 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4589 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4590 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4591 4592 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4593 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4594 4595 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4596 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4597 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4598 4599 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4600 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4601 4602 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4603 } 4604 } 4605 } 4606 4607 return Invalid; 4608 } 4609 4610 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4611 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4612 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4613 static StorageClass 4614 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4615 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4616 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4617 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4618 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4619 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4620 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4621 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4622 return SC_None; 4623 return SC_Extern; 4624 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4625 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4626 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4627 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4628 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4629 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4630 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4631 } 4632 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4633 } 4634 4635 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4636 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4637 4638 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4639 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4640 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4641 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4642 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4643 return FD->getLocation(); 4644 } 4645 4646 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4647 } 4648 4649 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4650 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4651 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4652 return; 4653 4654 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4655 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4656 } 4657 4658 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4659 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4660 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4661 return; 4662 4663 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4664 } 4665 4666 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4667 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4668 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4669 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4670 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4671 AccessSpecifier AS, 4672 RecordDecl *Record, 4673 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4674 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4675 4676 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4677 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4678 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4679 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4680 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4681 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4682 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4683 4684 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4685 // structs/unions. 4686 bool Invalid = false; 4687 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4688 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4689 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4690 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4691 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 4692 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4693 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4694 unsigned DiagID; 4695 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 4696 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4697 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 4698 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 4699 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 4700 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4701 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4702 4703 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4704 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4705 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4706 } 4707 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4708 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4709 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4710 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4711 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4712 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4713 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4714 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4715 4716 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4717 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4718 SourceLocation(), 4719 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4720 } 4721 } 4722 4723 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4724 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4725 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4726 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4727 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4728 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4729 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4730 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4731 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4732 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4733 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4734 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4735 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4736 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4737 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4738 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4739 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4740 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4741 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4742 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4743 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4744 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4745 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4746 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4747 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4748 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4749 4750 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4751 } 4752 4753 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4754 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4755 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4756 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4757 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4758 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4759 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4760 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4761 // members (clause 11). 4762 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4763 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4764 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4765 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4766 Invalid = true; 4767 } 4768 4769 // C++ [class.union]p1 4770 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4771 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4772 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4773 // array of such objects. 4774 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4775 Invalid = true; 4776 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4777 // Any implicit members are fine. 4778 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4779 // This is a type that showed up in an 4780 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4781 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4782 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4783 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4784 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4785 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4786 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4787 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4788 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4789 << Record->isUnion(); 4790 else { 4791 // This is a nested type declaration. 4792 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4793 << Record->isUnion(); 4794 Invalid = true; 4795 } 4796 } else { 4797 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4798 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4799 // not part of standard C++. 4800 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4801 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4802 << Record->isUnion(); 4803 } 4804 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4805 // Any access specifier is fine. 4806 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4807 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4808 } else { 4809 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4810 // member. Complain about it. 4811 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4812 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4813 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4814 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4815 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4816 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4817 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4818 4819 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4820 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4821 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4822 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4823 << Record->isUnion(); 4824 else { 4825 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4826 Invalid = true; 4827 } 4828 } 4829 } 4830 4831 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4832 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4833 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4834 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4835 Owner->isRecord()) 4836 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4837 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4838 } 4839 4840 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4841 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4842 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4843 Invalid = true; 4844 } 4845 4846 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4847 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4848 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4849 // names into the program 4850 // C++ [class.mem]p2: 4851 // each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member 4852 // name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field 4853 // 4854 // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere. 4855 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty()) 4856 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4857 4858 // Mock up a declarator. 4859 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext); 4860 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4861 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4862 4863 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4864 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4865 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4866 Anon = FieldDecl::Create( 4867 Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(), 4868 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, 4869 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4870 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4871 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4872 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4873 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4874 } else { 4875 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4876 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4877 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4878 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4879 // an error here 4880 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4881 Invalid = true; 4882 SC = SC_None; 4883 } 4884 4885 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(), 4886 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4887 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC); 4888 4889 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4890 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4891 // initializer: 4892 // union { int n = 0; }; 4893 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4894 } 4895 Anon->setImplicit(); 4896 4897 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4898 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4899 4900 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4901 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4902 // its members. 4903 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4904 4905 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4906 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4907 // purposes. 4908 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4909 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4910 4911 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4912 Invalid = true; 4913 4914 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4915 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4916 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4917 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4918 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4919 Context.setManglingNumber( 4920 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4921 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4922 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4923 } 4924 } 4925 } 4926 4927 if (Invalid) 4928 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4929 4930 return Anon; 4931 } 4932 4933 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4934 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4935 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4936 /// Example: 4937 /// 4938 /// struct A { int a; }; 4939 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4940 /// 4941 /// void foo() { 4942 /// B var; 4943 /// var.a = 3; 4944 /// } 4945 /// 4946 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4947 RecordDecl *Record) { 4948 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4949 4950 // Mock up a declarator. 4951 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); 4952 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4953 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4954 4955 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4956 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4957 4958 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4959 NamedDecl *Anon = 4960 FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(), 4961 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo, 4962 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4963 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4964 Anon->setImplicit(); 4965 4966 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4967 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4968 4969 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4970 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4971 // purposes. 4972 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4973 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4974 4975 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4976 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4977 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4978 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4979 AS_none, Chain)) { 4980 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4981 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4982 } 4983 4984 return Anon; 4985 } 4986 4987 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4988 /// given Declarator. 4989 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4990 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4991 } 4992 4993 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4994 DeclarationNameInfo 4995 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4996 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4997 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4998 4999 switch (Name.getKind()) { 5000 5001 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 5002 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 5003 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 5004 return NameInfo; 5005 5006 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 5007 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 5008 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 5009 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 5010 // of the simple-template-id. 5011 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 5012 // class template. 5013 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 5014 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 5015 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 5016 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 5017 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 5018 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 5019 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 5020 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 5021 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 5022 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 5023 if (Template) 5024 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 5025 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5026 } 5027 5028 NameInfo.setName( 5029 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 5030 return NameInfo; 5031 } 5032 5033 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 5034 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 5035 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 5036 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 5037 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 5038 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 5039 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 5040 return NameInfo; 5041 5042 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 5043 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 5044 Name.Identifier)); 5045 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 5046 return NameInfo; 5047 5048 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 5049 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5050 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 5051 if (Ty.isNull()) 5052 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5053 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 5054 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5055 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5056 return NameInfo; 5057 } 5058 5059 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5060 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5061 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5062 if (Ty.isNull()) 5063 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5064 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5065 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5066 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5067 return NameInfo; 5068 } 5069 5070 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5071 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5072 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5073 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5074 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5075 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5076 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5077 5078 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5079 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5080 5081 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5082 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5083 // was qualified. 5084 5085 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5086 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5087 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5088 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5089 return NameInfo; 5090 } 5091 5092 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5093 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5094 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5095 if (Ty.isNull()) 5096 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5097 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5098 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5099 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5100 return NameInfo; 5101 } 5102 5103 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5104 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5105 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5106 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5107 } 5108 5109 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5110 5111 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5112 } 5113 5114 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5115 do { 5116 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5117 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5118 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5119 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5120 else 5121 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5122 } while (true); 5123 } 5124 5125 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5126 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5127 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5128 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5129 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5130 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5131 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5132 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5133 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5134 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5135 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5136 Params.clear(); 5137 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5138 return false; 5139 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5140 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5141 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5142 5143 // The parameter types are identical 5144 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5145 continue; 5146 5147 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5148 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5149 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5150 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5151 5152 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5153 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5154 Params.push_back(Idx); 5155 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5156 return false; 5157 } 5158 5159 return true; 5160 } 5161 5162 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5163 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5164 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5165 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5166 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5167 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5168 DeclarationName Name) { 5169 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5170 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5171 // - types which will become injected class names 5172 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5173 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5174 // few cases here. 5175 5176 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5177 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5178 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5179 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5180 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5181 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5182 // Grab the type from the parser. 5183 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5184 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5185 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5186 5187 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5188 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5189 // attached already. 5190 if (!TSI) 5191 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5192 5193 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5194 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5195 if (!TSI) return true; 5196 5197 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5198 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5199 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5200 break; 5201 } 5202 5203 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5204 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5205 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5206 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5207 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5208 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5209 break; 5210 } 5211 5212 default: 5213 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5214 break; 5215 } 5216 5217 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5218 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5219 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5220 5221 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5222 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5223 // pointer. 5224 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5225 continue; 5226 5227 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5228 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5229 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5230 return true; 5231 } 5232 5233 return false; 5234 } 5235 5236 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5237 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5238 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5239 5240 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5241 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5242 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5243 5244 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5245 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5246 5247 return Dcl; 5248 } 5249 5250 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5251 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5252 /// name different from T: 5253 /// - every static data member of class T; 5254 /// - every member function of class T 5255 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5256 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5257 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5258 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5259 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5260 5261 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5262 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5263 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5264 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5265 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5266 return true; 5267 } 5268 5269 return false; 5270 } 5271 5272 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5273 /// nested-name-specifier. 5274 /// 5275 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5276 /// 5277 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5278 /// resolves. 5279 /// 5280 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5281 /// 5282 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5283 /// 5284 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5285 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5286 /// 5287 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5288 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5289 DeclarationName Name, 5290 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5291 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5292 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5293 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5294 5295 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5296 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5297 // 5298 // class X { 5299 // void X::f(); 5300 // }; 5301 // 5302 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5303 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5304 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5305 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5306 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5307 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5308 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5309 SS.clear(); 5310 } else { 5311 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5312 } 5313 return false; 5314 } 5315 5316 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5317 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5318 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5319 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5320 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5321 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5322 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5323 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5324 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5325 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5326 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5327 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5328 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5329 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5330 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5331 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5332 else 5333 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5334 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5335 5336 return true; 5337 } 5338 5339 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5340 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5341 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5342 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5343 SS.clear(); 5344 5345 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5346 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5347 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5348 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5349 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5350 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5351 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5352 return true; 5353 5354 return false; 5355 } 5356 5357 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5358 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5359 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5360 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5361 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5362 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5363 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5364 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5365 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5366 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5367 5368 return false; 5369 } 5370 5371 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5372 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5373 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5374 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5375 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5376 5377 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5378 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5379 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5380 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5381 } else if (!Name) { 5382 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5383 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5384 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5385 return nullptr; 5386 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5387 return nullptr; 5388 5389 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5390 // we find one that is. 5391 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5392 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5393 S = S->getParent(); 5394 5395 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5396 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5397 D.setInvalidType(); 5398 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5399 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5400 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5401 return nullptr; 5402 5403 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5404 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5405 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5406 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5407 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5408 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5409 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5410 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5411 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5412 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5413 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5414 return nullptr; 5415 } 5416 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5417 5418 if (!IsDependentContext && 5419 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5420 return nullptr; 5421 5422 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5423 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5424 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5425 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5426 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5427 return nullptr; 5428 } 5429 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5430 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5431 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5432 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5433 if (DC->isRecord()) 5434 return nullptr; 5435 5436 D.setInvalidType(); 5437 } 5438 } 5439 5440 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5441 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5442 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5443 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5444 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5445 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5446 D.setInvalidType(); 5447 } 5448 } 5449 5450 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5451 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5452 5453 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5454 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5455 D.setInvalidType(); 5456 5457 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5458 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5459 5460 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5461 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5462 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5463 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5464 5465 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5466 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5467 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5468 // 5469 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5470 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5471 // the same name. 5472 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5473 /* Do nothing*/; 5474 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5475 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5476 R->isFunctionType())) { 5477 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5478 CreateBuiltins = 5479 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5480 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5481 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5482 CreateBuiltins = true; 5483 5484 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5485 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5486 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5487 } 5488 5489 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5490 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5491 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5492 5493 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5494 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5495 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5496 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5497 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5498 // thereof; [...] 5499 // 5500 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5501 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5502 // we want to match. For example, given: 5503 // 5504 // class X { 5505 // void f(); 5506 // void f(float); 5507 // }; 5508 // 5509 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5510 // 5511 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5512 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5513 // matches. 5514 5515 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5516 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5517 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5518 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5519 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5520 } 5521 5522 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5523 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5524 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5525 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5526 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5527 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5528 5529 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5530 Previous.clear(); 5531 } 5532 5533 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5534 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5535 Previous.clear(); 5536 5537 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5538 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5539 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5540 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5541 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5542 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5543 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5544 Previous.clear(); 5545 5546 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5547 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5548 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5549 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5550 5551 NamedDecl *New; 5552 5553 bool AddToScope = true; 5554 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5555 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5556 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5557 return nullptr; 5558 } 5559 5560 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5561 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5562 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5563 TemplateParamLists, 5564 AddToScope); 5565 } else { 5566 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5567 AddToScope); 5568 } 5569 5570 if (!New) 5571 return nullptr; 5572 5573 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5574 // add it to the scope stack. 5575 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) 5576 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 5577 5578 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5579 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5580 5581 return New; 5582 } 5583 5584 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5585 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5586 /// GCC compatibility). 5587 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5588 ASTContext &Context, 5589 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5590 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5591 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5592 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5593 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5594 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5595 SizeIsNegative = false; 5596 Oversized = 0; 5597 5598 if (T->isDependentType()) 5599 return QualType(); 5600 5601 QualifierCollector Qs; 5602 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5603 5604 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5605 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5606 QualType FixedType = 5607 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5608 Oversized); 5609 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5610 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5611 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5612 } 5613 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5614 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5615 QualType FixedType = 5616 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5617 Oversized); 5618 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5619 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5620 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5621 } 5622 5623 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5624 if (!VLATy) 5625 return QualType(); 5626 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5627 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5628 return QualType(); 5629 5630 Expr::EvalResult Result; 5631 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5632 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) 5633 return QualType(); 5634 5635 llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt(); 5636 5637 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5638 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5639 SizeIsNegative = true; 5640 return QualType(); 5641 } 5642 5643 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5644 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5645 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5646 Res); 5647 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5648 Oversized = Res; 5649 return QualType(); 5650 } 5651 5652 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5653 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5654 } 5655 5656 static void 5657 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5658 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5659 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5660 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5661 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5662 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5663 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5664 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5665 return; 5666 } 5667 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5668 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5669 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5670 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5671 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5672 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5673 return; 5674 } 5675 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5676 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5677 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5678 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5679 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5680 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5681 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5682 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5683 } 5684 5685 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5686 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5687 /// GCC compatibility). 5688 static TypeSourceInfo* 5689 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5690 ASTContext &Context, 5691 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5692 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5693 QualType FixedTy 5694 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5695 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5696 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5697 return nullptr; 5698 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5699 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5700 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5701 return FixedTInfo; 5702 } 5703 5704 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5705 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5706 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5707 /// function-scope declarations. 5708 void 5709 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5710 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5711 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5712 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5713 return; 5714 5715 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5716 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5717 } 5718 5719 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5720 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5721 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5722 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5723 } 5724 5725 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5726 /// does not identify a function. 5727 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5728 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5729 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5730 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5731 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5732 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5733 5734 if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier()) 5735 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5736 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5737 5738 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5739 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5740 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5741 } 5742 5743 NamedDecl* 5744 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5745 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5746 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5747 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5748 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5749 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5750 D.setInvalidType(); 5751 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5752 DC = CurContext; 5753 Previous.clear(); 5754 } 5755 5756 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5757 5758 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5759 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5760 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 5761 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 5762 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5763 << 1 << (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier() == CSK_consteval); 5764 5765 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 5766 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5767 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5768 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5769 << "typedef"; 5770 else 5771 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5772 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5773 return nullptr; 5774 } 5775 5776 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5777 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5778 5779 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5780 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5781 5782 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5783 5784 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5785 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5786 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5787 return ND; 5788 } 5789 5790 void 5791 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5792 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5793 // then it shall have block scope. 5794 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5795 // that redeclarations will match. 5796 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5797 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5798 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5799 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5800 5801 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5802 bool SizeIsNegative; 5803 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5804 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5805 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5806 SizeIsNegative, 5807 Oversized); 5808 if (FixedTInfo) { 5809 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5810 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5811 } else { 5812 if (SizeIsNegative) 5813 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5814 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5815 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5816 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5817 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5818 << Oversized.toString(10); 5819 else 5820 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5821 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5822 } 5823 } 5824 } 5825 } 5826 5827 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5828 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5829 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5830 NamedDecl* 5831 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5832 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5833 5834 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5835 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5836 5837 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5838 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5839 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5840 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5841 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5842 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5843 Redeclaration = true; 5844 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5845 } 5846 5847 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5848 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5849 5850 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5851 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5852 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5853 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5854 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5855 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5856 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5857 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5858 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5859 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5860 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5861 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5862 } 5863 5864 return NewTD; 5865 } 5866 5867 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5868 /// previous declaration. 5869 /// 5870 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5871 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5872 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5873 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5874 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5875 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5876 /// 5877 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5878 /// lookup 5879 /// 5880 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5881 /// declared. 5882 /// 5883 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5884 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5885 static bool 5886 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5887 ASTContext &Context) { 5888 if (!PrevDecl) 5889 return false; 5890 5891 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5892 return false; 5893 5894 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5895 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5896 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5897 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5898 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5899 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5900 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5901 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5902 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5903 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5904 return false; 5905 5906 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5907 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5908 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5909 return false; 5910 5911 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5912 // previous declarations. 5913 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5914 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5915 5916 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5917 // isn't the same function. 5918 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5919 return false; 5920 } 5921 5922 return true; 5923 } 5924 5925 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5926 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5927 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5928 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context)); 5929 } 5930 5931 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5932 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5933 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5934 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5935 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5936 unsigned kind = -1U; 5937 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5938 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5939 kind = 0; // __block 5940 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5941 kind = 1; // global 5942 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5943 kind = 3; // ivar 5944 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5945 kind = 2; // field 5946 } 5947 5948 if (kind != -1U) { 5949 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5950 << kind; 5951 } 5952 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5953 // Try to infer lifetime. 5954 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5955 return false; 5956 5957 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5958 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5959 decl->setType(type); 5960 } 5961 5962 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5963 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5964 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5965 var->getTLSKind()) { 5966 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5967 << var->getType(); 5968 return true; 5969 } 5970 } 5971 5972 return false; 5973 } 5974 5975 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5976 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5977 // the wrong linkage. 5978 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5979 5980 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5981 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5982 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5983 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5984 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5985 } 5986 } 5987 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5988 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5989 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5990 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5991 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5992 } 5993 } 5994 5995 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5996 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5997 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5998 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5999 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 6000 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 6001 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6002 } 6003 } 6004 } 6005 6006 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 6007 // It does not apply to functions. 6008 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 6009 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6010 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 6011 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 6012 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 6013 } 6014 } 6015 6016 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 6017 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 6018 bool IsAnonymousNS = false; 6019 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6020 if (VD) { 6021 const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext()); 6022 while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) { 6023 IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace(); 6024 NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent()); 6025 } 6026 } 6027 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 6028 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 6029 // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have 6030 // external linkage in order to be exported. 6031 bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft; 6032 if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) || 6033 (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode && 6034 (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) { 6035 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 6036 << &ND << Attr; 6037 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 6038 } 6039 } 6040 6041 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 6042 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 6043 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 6044 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 6045 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 6046 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 6047 << Attr; 6048 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 6049 } 6050 6051 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. 6052 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { 6053 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; 6054 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the 6055 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. 6056 AttributedTypeLoc ATL; 6057 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 6058 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); 6059 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { 6060 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object 6061 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) 6062 // by applying it to the function type. 6063 if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) { 6064 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6065 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { 6066 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) 6067 << !MD << A->getRange(); 6068 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 6069 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) 6070 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange(); 6071 } 6072 } 6073 } 6074 } 6075 } 6076 6077 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6078 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6079 bool IsSpecialization, 6080 bool IsDefinition) { 6081 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6082 return; 6083 6084 bool IsTemplate = false; 6085 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6086 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6087 IsTemplate = true; 6088 if (!IsSpecialization) 6089 IsDefinition = false; 6090 } 6091 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6092 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6093 IsTemplate = true; 6094 } 6095 6096 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6097 return; 6098 6099 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6100 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6101 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6102 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6103 6104 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6105 // inherited attribute instances. 6106 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6107 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6108 6109 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6110 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6111 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6112 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6113 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6114 6115 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6116 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6117 bool JustWarn = false; 6118 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6119 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6120 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6121 JustWarn = true; 6122 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6123 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6124 JustWarn = true; 6125 } 6126 6127 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6128 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6129 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6130 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6131 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6132 JustWarn = false; 6133 6134 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6135 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6136 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6137 << NewDecl 6138 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6139 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6140 if (!JustWarn) { 6141 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6142 return; 6143 } 6144 } 6145 6146 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6147 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6148 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6149 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6150 // it were marked dllexport. 6151 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6152 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6153 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6154 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6155 // separately. 6156 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6157 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6158 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6159 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6160 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6161 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6162 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6163 } 6164 6165 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6166 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6167 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6168 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 6169 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6170 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6171 << NewDecl; 6172 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6173 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6174 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 6175 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 6176 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 6177 } else { 6178 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6179 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6180 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6181 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6182 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6183 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6184 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6185 } 6186 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6187 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6188 // attribute. 6189 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6190 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6191 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6192 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6193 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6194 } 6195 6196 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6197 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6198 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6199 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6200 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6201 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6202 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6203 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6204 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6205 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6206 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6207 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6208 } 6209 } 6210 } 6211 } 6212 6213 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6214 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6215 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6216 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6217 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6218 6219 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6220 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6221 6222 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6223 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6224 return false; 6225 6226 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6227 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6228 } 6229 6230 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6231 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6232 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6233 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6234 /// 6235 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6236 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6237 /// 6238 /// For instance: 6239 /// 6240 /// auto x = []{}; 6241 /// 6242 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6243 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6244 /// 6245 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6246 template<typename T> 6247 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6248 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6249 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6250 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6251 return false; 6252 6253 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6254 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6255 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6256 return false; 6257 } 6258 return D->isExternC(); 6259 } 6260 6261 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6262 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6263 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || 6264 isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6265 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6266 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6267 return true; 6268 if (DC->isRecord()) 6269 return false; 6270 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6271 } 6272 6273 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6274 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6275 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6276 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6277 return true; 6278 if (DC->isRecord()) 6279 return false; 6280 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6281 } 6282 6283 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6284 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { 6285 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6286 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6287 return true; 6288 6289 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6290 // position to the decl itself. 6291 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6292 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6293 return true; 6294 } 6295 6296 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6297 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); 6298 } 6299 6300 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6301 /// function-local external declaration. 6302 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6303 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6304 return false; 6305 6306 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6307 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6308 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6309 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6310 return true; 6311 6312 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6313 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6314 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6315 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6316 // 6317 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6318 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6319 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6320 DC = DC->getParent(); 6321 return true; 6322 } 6323 6324 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6325 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6326 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6327 return FD->isExternC(); 6328 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6329 return VD->isExternC(); 6330 6331 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6332 } 6333 6334 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6335 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6336 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6337 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6338 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6339 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6340 6341 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6342 6343 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6344 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6345 // purposes. 6346 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6347 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6348 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6349 Name = II; 6350 } 6351 } else if (!II) { 6352 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6353 return nullptr; 6354 } 6355 6356 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6357 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6358 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6359 // argument. 6360 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6361 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6362 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6363 << R; 6364 D.setInvalidType(); 6365 return nullptr; 6366 } 6367 6368 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6369 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6370 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6371 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6372 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6373 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6374 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6375 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6376 D.setInvalidType(); 6377 return nullptr; 6378 } 6379 } 6380 6381 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6382 QualType NR = R; 6383 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6384 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6385 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6386 D.setInvalidType(); 6387 break; 6388 } 6389 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6390 } 6391 6392 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6393 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6394 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6395 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6396 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6397 D.setInvalidType(); 6398 } 6399 } 6400 6401 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6402 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6403 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6404 // space qualifiers. 6405 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6406 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6407 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6408 } 6409 6410 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6411 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6412 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6413 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6414 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6415 R.isConstQualified())) { 6416 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6417 D.setInvalidType(); 6418 } 6419 } 6420 6421 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6422 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6423 // address space qualifiers. 6424 if (R->isEventT()) { 6425 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6426 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6427 D.setInvalidType(); 6428 } 6429 } 6430 6431 // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier. 6432 // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and 6433 // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. 6434 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 6435 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 6436 bool IsCXX = getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; 6437 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6438 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 6439 << IsCXX << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() 6440 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 6441 D.setInvalidType(); 6442 return nullptr; 6443 } 6444 } 6445 6446 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6447 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6448 6449 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6450 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6451 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6452 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && 6453 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) 6454 SC = SC_Extern; 6455 6456 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6457 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6458 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6459 6460 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6461 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6462 // an error here 6463 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6464 D.setInvalidType(); 6465 SC = SC_None; 6466 } 6467 6468 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6469 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6470 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6471 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6472 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6473 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6474 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6475 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6476 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6477 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6478 } 6479 6480 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6481 6482 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6483 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6484 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6485 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6486 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6487 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6488 D.setInvalidType(); 6489 } 6490 } 6491 6492 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6493 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6494 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6495 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6496 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6497 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6498 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6499 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6500 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6501 II, R, TInfo, SC); 6502 6503 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6504 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6505 6506 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6507 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6508 6509 if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() && 6510 NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6511 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(), 6512 NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct); 6513 } else { 6514 bool Invalid = false; 6515 6516 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6517 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6518 switch (SC) { 6519 case SC_None: 6520 break; 6521 case SC_Static: 6522 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6523 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6524 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6525 break; 6526 case SC_Auto: 6527 case SC_Register: 6528 case SC_Extern: 6529 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6530 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6531 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6532 // of class members 6533 6534 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6535 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6536 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6537 break; 6538 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6539 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6540 } 6541 } 6542 6543 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6544 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6545 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6546 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6547 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6548 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6549 6550 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6551 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6552 if (RD->isUnion()) 6553 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6554 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6555 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6556 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6557 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6558 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6559 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6560 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6561 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6562 } 6563 } 6564 6565 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6566 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6567 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6568 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6569 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6570 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 6571 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6572 : nullptr, 6573 TemplateParamLists, 6574 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6575 6576 if (TemplateParams) { 6577 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6578 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6579 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6580 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6581 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6582 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6583 << II 6584 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6585 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6586 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6587 } else { 6588 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6589 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6590 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6591 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6592 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6593 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6594 // This is a template declaration. 6595 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6596 6597 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6598 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6599 return nullptr; 6600 6601 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6602 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6603 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6604 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6605 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6606 } 6607 } 6608 } else { 6609 assert((Invalid || 6610 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 6611 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6612 } 6613 6614 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6615 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6616 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6617 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6618 : SourceLocation(); 6619 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6620 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6621 IsPartialSpecialization); 6622 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6623 return nullptr; 6624 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6625 AddToScope = false; 6626 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6627 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6628 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6629 Bindings); 6630 } else 6631 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6632 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6633 6634 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6635 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6636 NewTemplate = 6637 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6638 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6639 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6640 } 6641 6642 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6643 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6644 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6645 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6646 6647 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6648 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6649 if (NewTemplate) 6650 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6651 } 6652 6653 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D); 6654 6655 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6656 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6657 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6658 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6659 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6660 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6661 6662 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) { 6663 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6664 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6665 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6666 // implicitly an inline variable. 6667 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) 6668 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6669 if (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier() == CSK_consteval) 6670 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6671 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 6672 << /*consteval*/ 1; 6673 } 6674 } 6675 6676 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6677 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6678 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6679 << 0; 6680 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6681 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6682 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6683 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6684 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6685 } else { 6686 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6687 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6688 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6689 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6690 } 6691 } 6692 6693 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6694 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6695 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6696 if (NewTemplate) 6697 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6698 6699 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6700 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6701 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6702 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6703 else 6704 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6705 } 6706 6707 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6708 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6709 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6710 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6711 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6712 // explicitly. 6713 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6714 // 'extern'. 6715 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6716 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6717 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6718 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6719 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6720 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6721 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6722 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6723 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6724 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6725 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6726 // error should be ignored. 6727 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6728 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6729 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6730 // to emit any code for it. 6731 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6732 } else 6733 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6734 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6735 } else 6736 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6737 } 6738 6739 // C99 6.7.4p3 6740 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6741 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6742 // thread storage duration... 6743 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6744 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6745 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6746 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6747 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6748 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6749 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6750 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6751 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6752 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6753 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6754 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6755 } 6756 } 6757 6758 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6759 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6760 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6761 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6762 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6763 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6764 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6765 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6766 << 2 6767 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6768 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6769 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6770 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6771 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6772 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6773 else { 6774 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6775 if (NewTemplate) 6776 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6777 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6778 B->setModulePrivate(); 6779 } 6780 } 6781 6782 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6783 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6784 6785 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6786 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6787 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6788 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6789 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6790 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6791 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6792 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6793 // storage [duration]." 6794 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6795 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6796 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6797 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6798 } 6799 } 6800 6801 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6802 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6803 // check the VarDecl itself. 6804 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6805 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6806 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6807 6808 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6809 // retainable type. 6810 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6811 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6812 6813 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6814 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6815 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6816 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6817 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6818 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6819 switch (SC) { 6820 case SC_None: 6821 case SC_Auto: 6822 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6823 break; 6824 case SC_Register: 6825 // Local Named register 6826 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6827 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6828 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6829 break; 6830 case SC_Static: 6831 case SC_Extern: 6832 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6833 break; 6834 } 6835 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6836 // Global Named register 6837 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6838 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6839 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6840 6841 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6842 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6843 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6844 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6845 HasSizeMismatch)) 6846 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6847 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6848 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6849 } 6850 6851 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6852 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6853 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6854 } 6855 } 6856 6857 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6858 Context, Label, 0)); 6859 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6860 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6861 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6862 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6863 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6864 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6865 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6866 } else 6867 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6868 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6869 } 6870 } 6871 6872 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6873 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6874 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6875 : nullptr; 6876 6877 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6878 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6879 // declaration has linkage). 6880 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6881 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6882 IsMemberSpecialization || 6883 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6884 6885 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6886 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6887 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6888 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6889 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6890 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6891 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6892 6893 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6894 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6895 } else { 6896 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6897 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6898 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6899 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6900 6901 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6902 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6903 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6904 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6905 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6906 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6907 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6908 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6909 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6910 Previous.clear(); 6911 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6912 } 6913 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6914 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6915 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6916 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6917 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6918 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6919 } 6920 6921 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6922 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6923 6924 if (NewTemplate) { 6925 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6926 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6927 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6928 : nullptr; 6929 6930 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6931 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6932 // template declaration. 6933 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6934 TemplateParams, 6935 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6936 : nullptr, 6937 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6938 DC->isDependentContext()) 6939 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6940 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6941 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6942 6943 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6944 // template, make a note of that. 6945 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6946 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6947 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6948 } 6949 } 6950 6951 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6952 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6953 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6954 6955 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6956 6957 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6958 // the map of such variables. 6959 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6960 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6961 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6962 6963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6964 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6965 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6966 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6967 Context.setManglingNumber( 6968 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6969 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6970 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6971 } 6972 } 6973 6974 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6975 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6976 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6977 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6978 6979 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6980 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6982 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6983 6984 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6985 // behavior. 6986 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6987 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6988 } 6989 6990 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6991 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6992 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 6993 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6994 } 6995 6996 if (NewTemplate) { 6997 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6998 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6999 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 7000 return NewTemplate; 7001 } 7002 7003 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7004 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 7005 7006 return NewVD; 7007 } 7008 7009 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 7010 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 7011 SDK_Local, 7012 SDK_Global, 7013 SDK_StaticMember, 7014 SDK_Field, 7015 SDK_Typedef, 7016 SDK_Using 7017 }; 7018 7019 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 7020 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7021 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 7022 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7023 return SDK_Using; 7024 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7025 return SDK_Typedef; 7026 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 7027 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 7028 7029 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 7030 } 7031 7032 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 7033 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 7034 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 7035 const VarDecl *VD) { 7036 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 7037 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 7038 return Capture.getLocation(); 7039 } 7040 return SourceLocation(); 7041 } 7042 7043 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 7044 const LookupResult &R) { 7045 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 7046 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 7047 return false; 7048 7049 // Return false if warning is ignored. 7050 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 7051 } 7052 7053 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 7054 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7055 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 7056 const LookupResult &R) { 7057 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7058 return nullptr; 7059 7060 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 7061 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 7062 return nullptr; 7063 7064 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7065 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 7066 ? ShadowedDecl 7067 : nullptr; 7068 } 7069 7070 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 7071 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7072 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 7073 const LookupResult &R) { 7074 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 7075 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7076 return nullptr; 7077 7078 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7079 return nullptr; 7080 7081 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7082 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7083 } 7084 7085 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7086 /// -Wshadow. 7087 /// 7088 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7089 /// scope. 7090 /// 7091 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7092 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7093 /// 7094 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7095 const LookupResult &R) { 7096 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7097 7098 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7099 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7100 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7101 if (MD->isStatic()) 7102 return; 7103 7104 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7105 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7106 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7107 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7108 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7109 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7110 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7111 return; 7112 } 7113 } 7114 7115 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7116 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7117 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7118 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7119 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7120 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7121 ShadowedDecl = I; 7122 break; 7123 } 7124 } 7125 7126 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7127 7128 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7129 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7130 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7131 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7132 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7133 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7134 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7135 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7136 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7137 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7138 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7139 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7140 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7141 } else { 7142 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7143 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7144 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7145 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7146 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7147 return; 7148 } 7149 } 7150 7151 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7152 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7153 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7154 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7155 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7156 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7157 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7158 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7159 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7160 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7161 return; 7162 } 7163 } 7164 } 7165 } 7166 } 7167 7168 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7169 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7170 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7171 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7172 return; 7173 7174 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7175 // static data members from base classes? 7176 7177 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7178 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7179 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7180 } 7181 7182 7183 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7184 7185 // Emit warning and note. 7186 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7187 return; 7188 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7189 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7190 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7191 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7192 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7193 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7194 } 7195 7196 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7197 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7198 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7199 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7200 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7201 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7202 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7203 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7204 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7205 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7206 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7207 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7208 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7209 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7210 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7211 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7212 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7213 } 7214 } 7215 7216 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7217 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7218 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7219 return; 7220 7221 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7222 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7223 LookupName(R, S); 7224 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7225 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7226 } 7227 7228 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7229 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7230 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7231 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7232 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7233 return; 7234 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7235 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7236 if (!DRE) 7237 return; 7238 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7239 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7240 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7241 return; 7242 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7243 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7244 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7245 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7246 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7247 7248 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7249 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7250 } 7251 7252 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7253 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7254 template<typename T> 7255 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7256 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7257 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7258 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7259 7260 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7261 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7262 // declaration. 7263 return false; 7264 } 7265 7266 if (Prev) { 7267 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7268 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7269 // redeclaration. 7270 Previous.clear(); 7271 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7272 return true; 7273 } 7274 7275 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7276 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7277 // declaration. 7278 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7279 return false; 7280 } else { 7281 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7282 // translation unit which might conflict. 7283 if (IsGlobal) { 7284 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7285 IsGlobal = false; 7286 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7287 I != E; ++I) { 7288 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7289 Prev = *I; 7290 break; 7291 } 7292 } 7293 } else { 7294 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7295 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7296 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7297 I != E; ++I) { 7298 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7299 Prev = *I; 7300 break; 7301 } 7302 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7303 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7304 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7305 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7306 // diagnostic. 7307 } 7308 } 7309 7310 if (!Prev) 7311 return false; 7312 } 7313 7314 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7315 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7316 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7317 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7318 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7319 else 7320 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7321 7322 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7323 << IsGlobal << ND; 7324 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7325 << IsGlobal; 7326 return false; 7327 } 7328 7329 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7330 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7331 /// 7332 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7333 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7334 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7335 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7336 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7337 template<typename T> 7338 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7339 LookupResult &Previous) { 7340 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7341 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7342 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7343 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7344 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7345 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7346 Previous.clear(); 7347 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7348 return true; 7349 } 7350 } 7351 return false; 7352 } 7353 7354 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7355 // declaration. 7356 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7357 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7358 7359 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7360 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7361 // in another scope. 7362 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7363 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7364 7365 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7366 return false; 7367 } 7368 7369 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7370 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7371 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7372 return; 7373 7374 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 7375 7376 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7377 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7378 return; 7379 7380 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7381 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7382 7383 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7384 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7385 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7386 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7387 NewVD->setType(T); 7388 } 7389 7390 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7391 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7392 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7393 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7394 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7395 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7396 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7397 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7398 return; 7399 } 7400 7401 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7402 // scope. 7403 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7404 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7405 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7406 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7407 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7408 return; 7409 } 7410 7411 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7412 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7413 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7414 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7415 return; 7416 } 7417 7418 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7419 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7420 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7421 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7422 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7423 << 0 /*const*/; 7424 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7425 return; 7426 } 7427 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7428 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7429 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7430 return; 7431 } 7432 } 7433 // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7434 // __constant address space. 7435 // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7436 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7437 // address space. 7438 // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0. 7439 // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense. 7440 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7441 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7442 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7443 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7444 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7445 (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || 7446 getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) { 7447 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7448 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) 7449 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7450 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7451 else 7452 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7453 << Scope << "constant"; 7454 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7455 return; 7456 } 7457 } else { 7458 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7459 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7460 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7461 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7462 return; 7463 } 7464 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7465 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7466 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7467 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7468 // in functions. 7469 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7470 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7471 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7472 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7473 else 7474 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7475 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7476 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7477 return; 7478 } 7479 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7480 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7481 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7482 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7483 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7484 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7485 << "constant"; 7486 else 7487 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7488 << "local"; 7489 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7490 return; 7491 } 7492 } 7493 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && 7494 // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr 7495 // space yet. 7496 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7497 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7498 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7499 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7500 return; 7501 } 7502 } 7503 } 7504 7505 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7506 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7507 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7508 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7509 else { 7510 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7511 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7512 } 7513 } 7514 7515 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7516 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7517 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7518 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7519 7520 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7521 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7522 bool SizeIsNegative; 7523 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7524 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 7525 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7526 QualType FixedT; 7527 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 7528 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 7529 else if (FixedTInfo) { 7530 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 7531 // both types separately. 7532 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 7533 Oversized); 7534 } 7535 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7536 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7537 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7538 // int a[10][n]; 7539 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7540 7541 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7542 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7543 << SizeRange; 7544 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7545 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7546 << SizeRange; 7547 else 7548 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7549 << SizeRange; 7550 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7551 return; 7552 } 7553 7554 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7555 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7556 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7557 else 7558 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7559 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7560 return; 7561 } 7562 7563 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7564 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 7565 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7566 } 7567 7568 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7569 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7570 // of objects and functions. 7571 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7572 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7573 << T; 7574 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7575 return; 7576 } 7577 } 7578 7579 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7580 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7581 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7582 return; 7583 } 7584 7585 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7586 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7587 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7588 return; 7589 } 7590 7591 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7592 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7593 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7594 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7595 return; 7596 } 7597 } 7598 7599 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7600 /// declaration. 7601 /// 7602 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7603 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7604 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7605 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7606 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7607 /// 7608 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7609 /// 7610 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7611 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7612 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7613 7614 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7615 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7616 return false; 7617 7618 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7619 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7620 if (Previous.empty() && 7621 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7622 Previous.setShadowed(); 7623 7624 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7625 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7626 return true; 7627 } 7628 return false; 7629 } 7630 7631 namespace { 7632 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7633 Sema *S; 7634 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7635 7636 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7637 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7638 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7639 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7640 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7641 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7642 7643 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7644 7645 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7646 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7647 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7648 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7649 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7650 7651 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7652 } 7653 7654 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7655 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7656 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7657 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7658 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7659 return true; 7660 } 7661 } 7662 7663 return false; 7664 } 7665 }; 7666 7667 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7668 } // end anonymous namespace 7669 7670 /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7671 /// overridden methods. 7672 /// 7673 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7674 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7675 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7676 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7677 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7678 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7679 for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) { 7680 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7681 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7682 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7683 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7684 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) || 7685 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted())) 7686 S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7687 } 7688 } 7689 7690 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7691 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7692 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7693 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7694 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7695 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7696 FOM.Method = MD; 7697 FOM.S = this; 7698 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7699 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7700 bool AddedAny = false; 7701 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7702 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7703 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7704 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7705 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7706 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7707 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7708 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7709 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7710 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7711 AddedAny = true; 7712 } 7713 } 7714 } 7715 } 7716 7717 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7718 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7719 } 7720 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7721 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7722 } 7723 7724 return AddedAny; 7725 } 7726 7727 namespace { 7728 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7729 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7730 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7731 Scope *S; 7732 Declarator &D; 7733 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7734 bool AddToScope; 7735 }; 7736 } // end anonymous namespace 7737 7738 namespace { 7739 7740 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7741 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7742 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7743 public: 7744 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7745 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7746 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7747 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7748 7749 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7750 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7751 return false; 7752 7753 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7754 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7755 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7756 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7757 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7758 7759 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7760 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7761 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7762 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7763 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7764 return true; 7765 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7766 return true; 7767 } 7768 } 7769 } 7770 7771 return false; 7772 } 7773 7774 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 7775 return llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 7776 } 7777 7778 private: 7779 ASTContext &Context; 7780 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7781 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7782 }; 7783 7784 } // end anonymous namespace 7785 7786 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7787 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7788 } 7789 7790 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7791 /// 7792 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7793 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7794 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7795 /// the same name. 7796 /// 7797 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7798 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7799 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7800 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7801 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7802 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7803 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7804 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7805 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7806 TypoCorrection Correction; 7807 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7808 unsigned DiagMsg = 7809 IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend : 7810 NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match : 7811 diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7812 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7813 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7814 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7815 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7816 7817 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7818 if (IsLocalFriend) 7819 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7820 else 7821 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7822 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7823 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7824 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7825 DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 7826 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 7827 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7828 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7829 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7830 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7831 if (FD && 7832 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7833 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7834 // involve a parameter 7835 unsigned ParamNum = 7836 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7837 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7838 } 7839 } 7840 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7841 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7842 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7843 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, 7844 IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7845 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7846 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7847 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7848 Previous.clear(); 7849 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7850 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7851 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7852 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7853 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7854 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7855 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7856 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7857 } 7858 } 7859 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7860 7861 NamedDecl *Result; 7862 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7863 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7864 { 7865 // Trap errors. 7866 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7867 7868 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7869 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7870 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7871 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7872 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7873 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7874 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7875 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7876 7877 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7878 Result = nullptr; 7879 } 7880 7881 if (Result) { 7882 // Determine which correction we picked. 7883 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7884 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7885 I != E; ++I) 7886 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7887 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7888 7889 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7890 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7891 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7892 Correction, 7893 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7894 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7895 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7896 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7897 return Result; 7898 } 7899 7900 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7901 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7902 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7903 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7904 Previous.clear(); 7905 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7906 } 7907 7908 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7909 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7910 7911 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7912 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7913 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7914 7915 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7916 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7917 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7918 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7919 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7920 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7921 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7922 7923 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7924 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7925 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7926 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7927 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7928 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7929 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7930 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7931 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7932 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7933 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7934 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7935 } else 7936 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7937 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7938 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7939 } 7940 return nullptr; 7941 } 7942 7943 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7944 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7945 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7946 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7947 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7948 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7949 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7950 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7951 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7952 D.setInvalidType(); 7953 break; 7954 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7955 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7956 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7957 return SC_None; 7958 return SC_Extern; 7959 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7960 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7961 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7962 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7963 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7964 // other than extern 7965 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7966 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7967 diag::err_static_block_func); 7968 break; 7969 } else 7970 return SC_Static; 7971 } 7972 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7973 } 7974 7975 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7976 return SC_None; 7977 } 7978 7979 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7980 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7981 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7982 StorageClass SC, 7983 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7984 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7985 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7986 7987 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7988 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7989 7990 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7991 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7992 // prototype. This true when: 7993 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7994 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7995 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7996 // function type). 7997 bool HasPrototype = 7998 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7999 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 8000 8001 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8002 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, 8003 CSK_unspecified); 8004 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8005 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8006 8007 return NewFD; 8008 } 8009 8010 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier(); 8011 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 8012 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 8013 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8014 // the class has been completely parsed. 8015 if (!DC->isRecord() && 8016 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 8017 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 8018 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 8019 D.setInvalidType(); 8020 8021 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 8022 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 8023 assert(DC->isRecord() && 8024 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 8025 8026 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8027 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 8028 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8029 TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline, 8030 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind); 8031 8032 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8033 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 8034 if (DC->isRecord()) { 8035 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8036 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 8037 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = 8038 CXXDestructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), 8039 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 8040 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 8041 8042 // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it 8043 // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start 8044 // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration. 8045 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8046 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD); 8047 8048 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8049 return NewDD; 8050 8051 } else { 8052 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 8053 D.setInvalidType(); 8054 8055 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 8056 // code path. 8057 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8058 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC, 8059 isInline, 8060 /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind); 8061 } 8062 8063 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 8064 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 8065 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8066 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 8067 return nullptr; 8068 } 8069 8070 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8071 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8072 return CXXConversionDecl::Create( 8073 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8074 TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation()); 8075 8076 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 8077 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8078 8079 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8080 ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8081 D.getEndLoc()); 8082 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8083 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8084 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8085 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8086 // constructor if it has no return type). 8087 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8088 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8089 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8090 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8091 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8092 return nullptr; 8093 } 8094 8095 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8096 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 8097 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8098 TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation()); 8099 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8100 return Ret; 8101 } else { 8102 bool isFriend = 8103 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8104 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8105 return nullptr; 8106 8107 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8108 // prototype. This true when: 8109 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8110 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8111 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/, 8112 ConstexprKind); 8113 } 8114 } 8115 8116 enum OpenCLParamType { 8117 ValidKernelParam, 8118 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8119 PtrKernelParam, 8120 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8121 InvalidKernelParam, 8122 RecordKernelParam 8123 }; 8124 8125 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { 8126 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types 8127 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to 8128 // integers other than by their names. 8129 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; 8130 8131 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef 8132 // for a size dependent type. 8133 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; 8134 do { 8135 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); 8136 auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getAsString()); 8137 if (Names.end() != Match) 8138 return true; 8139 8140 Ty = DesugaredTy; 8141 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); 8142 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); 8143 8144 return false; 8145 } 8146 8147 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8148 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 8149 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8150 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 8151 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8152 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8153 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8154 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8155 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8156 return PtrKernelParam; 8157 } 8158 8159 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8160 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8161 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8162 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one 8163 // of these built-in scalar types. 8164 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) 8165 return InvalidKernelParam; 8166 8167 if (PT->isImageType()) 8168 return PtrKernelParam; 8169 8170 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8171 return InvalidKernelParam; 8172 8173 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8174 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8175 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8176 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 8177 return InvalidKernelParam; 8178 8179 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8180 return RecordKernelParam; 8181 8182 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. 8183 if (PT->isArrayType()) { 8184 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8185 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the 8186 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an 8187 // array, this recursive call only happens once. 8188 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); 8189 } 8190 8191 return ValidKernelParam; 8192 } 8193 8194 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8195 Sema &S, 8196 Declarator &D, 8197 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8198 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8199 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8200 8201 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8202 // used again 8203 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8204 return; 8205 8206 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8207 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8208 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8209 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8210 // pointer to a pointer type. 8211 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8212 D.setInvalidType(); 8213 return; 8214 8215 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8216 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8217 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8218 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8219 // __constant. 8220 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8221 D.setInvalidType(); 8222 return; 8223 8224 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8225 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8226 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8227 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8228 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8229 8230 case InvalidKernelParam: 8231 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8232 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8233 // of event_t type. 8234 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8235 // type for any function elsewhere. 8236 if (!PT->isHalfType()) { 8237 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8238 8239 // Explain what typedefs are involved. 8240 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; 8241 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { 8242 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); 8243 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. 8244 if (Loc.isValid()) 8245 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; 8246 PT = Typedef->desugar(); 8247 } 8248 } 8249 8250 D.setInvalidType(); 8251 return; 8252 8253 case PtrKernelParam: 8254 case ValidKernelParam: 8255 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8256 return; 8257 8258 case RecordKernelParam: 8259 break; 8260 } 8261 8262 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8263 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8264 8265 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8266 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8267 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8268 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8269 8270 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or 8271 // an ArrayType of a RecordType. 8272 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); 8273 const RecordType *RecTy = 8274 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8275 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); 8276 8277 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); 8278 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8279 8280 do { 8281 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8282 if (!Next) { 8283 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8284 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8285 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8286 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8287 8288 continue; 8289 } 8290 8291 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8292 // field itself) to the history stack. 8293 const RecordDecl *RD; 8294 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8295 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8296 8297 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); 8298 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we 8299 // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). 8300 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && 8301 "Unexpected type."); 8302 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8303 8304 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8305 } else { 8306 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8307 } 8308 8309 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8310 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8311 8312 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8313 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8314 8315 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8316 continue; 8317 8318 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8319 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8320 continue; 8321 8322 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8323 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8324 continue; 8325 } 8326 8327 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8328 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8329 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8330 // union. 8331 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8332 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8333 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8334 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8335 << PT->isUnionType() 8336 << PT; 8337 } else { 8338 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8339 } 8340 8341 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8342 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); 8343 8344 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8345 // the offending field came from 8346 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8347 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8348 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8349 I != E; ++I) { 8350 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8351 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8352 << OuterField->getType(); 8353 } 8354 8355 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8356 << QT->isPointerType() 8357 << QT; 8358 D.setInvalidType(); 8359 return; 8360 } 8361 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8362 } 8363 8364 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8365 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8366 /// nothing. 8367 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8368 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8369 DC = DC->getParent(); 8370 return DC; 8371 } 8372 8373 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8374 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8375 /// nothing. 8376 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8377 while (S->isClassScope() || 8378 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8379 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8380 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8381 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8382 S = S->getParent(); 8383 return S; 8384 } 8385 8386 NamedDecl* 8387 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8388 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8389 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8390 bool &AddToScope) { 8391 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8392 8393 assert(R->isFunctionType()); 8394 8395 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8396 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8397 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8398 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8399 8400 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8401 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8402 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8403 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8404 8405 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8406 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8407 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8408 8409 bool isFriend = false; 8410 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8411 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8412 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8413 8414 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8415 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8416 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8417 8418 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8419 8420 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8421 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8422 8423 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8424 isVirtualOkay); 8425 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8426 8427 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8428 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8429 8430 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8431 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8432 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8433 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8434 8435 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8436 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8437 8438 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8439 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8440 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8441 bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier(); 8442 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 8443 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8444 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8445 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8446 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8447 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8448 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8449 } 8450 8451 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8452 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8453 // return true). 8454 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8455 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8456 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8457 NewFD->setPure(true); 8458 8459 // C++ [class.union]p2 8460 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8461 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8463 } 8464 8465 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D); 8466 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8467 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8468 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8469 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8470 8471 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8472 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8473 bool Invalid = false; 8474 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8475 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8476 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8477 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8478 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 8479 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8480 : nullptr, 8481 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8482 Invalid)) { 8483 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8484 // This is a function template 8485 8486 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8487 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8488 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8489 8490 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8491 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8492 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8493 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8494 } 8495 8496 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8497 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8498 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8499 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8500 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8501 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8502 Invalid = true; 8503 } 8504 8505 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8506 NewFD->getLocation(), 8507 Name, TemplateParams, 8508 NewFD); 8509 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8510 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8511 8512 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8513 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8514 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8515 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8516 } 8517 } else { 8518 // This is a function template specialization. 8519 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8520 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8521 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8522 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8523 8524 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8525 if (isFriend) { 8526 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8527 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8528 8529 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8530 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8531 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8532 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8533 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8534 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8535 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8536 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8537 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8538 } 8539 8540 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8541 << Name << RemoveRange 8542 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8543 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8544 } 8545 } 8546 } else { 8547 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8548 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8549 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8550 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8551 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8552 } 8553 8554 if (Invalid) { 8555 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8556 if (FunctionTemplate) 8557 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8558 } 8559 8560 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8561 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8562 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8563 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8564 // 8565 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8566 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8567 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8568 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8569 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8570 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8571 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8572 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8573 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8574 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8575 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8576 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8577 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8578 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8579 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8580 } else { 8581 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8582 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8583 } 8584 8585 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8586 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8587 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8588 } 8589 8590 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8591 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8592 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8593 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8594 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8595 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8596 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8597 // thing to do. 8598 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8599 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8600 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8601 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8602 QualType Result = 8603 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8604 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8605 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8606 } 8607 8608 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8609 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8610 // declaration. 8611 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8612 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8613 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8614 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8615 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8616 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8617 } 8618 } 8619 8620 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8621 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8622 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8623 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8624 if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8625 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8626 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8627 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8628 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8629 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8630 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 8631 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8632 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8633 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8634 // or conversion function. 8635 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8636 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8637 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 8638 } 8639 } 8640 8641 if (ConstexprKind != CSK_unspecified) { 8642 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8643 // are implicitly inline. 8644 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8645 8646 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8647 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8648 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8649 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8650 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor) 8651 << (ConstexprKind == CSK_consteval); 8652 } 8653 8654 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8655 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8656 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8657 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8658 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8659 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8660 << 0 8661 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8662 } else { 8663 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8664 if (FunctionTemplate) 8665 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8666 } 8667 } 8668 8669 if (isFriend) { 8670 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8671 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8672 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8673 } 8674 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8675 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8676 } 8677 8678 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8679 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8680 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8681 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8682 case FDK_Declaration: 8683 case FDK_Definition: 8684 break; 8685 8686 case FDK_Defaulted: 8687 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8688 break; 8689 8690 case FDK_Deleted: 8691 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8692 break; 8693 } 8694 8695 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8696 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8697 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8698 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8699 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8700 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8701 } 8702 8703 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8704 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8705 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8706 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8707 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8708 // the class. 8709 8710 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8711 // member function definition. 8712 8713 // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line 8714 // member function template declaration and class member template 8715 // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this. 8716 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8717 ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) && 8718 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) || 8719 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())) 8720 ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8721 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8722 } 8723 8724 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8725 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8726 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8727 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8728 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8729 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8730 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8731 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8732 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8733 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8734 } 8735 8736 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8737 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8738 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8739 isMemberSpecialization || 8740 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8741 8742 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8743 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8744 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8745 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8746 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8747 SE->getString(), 0)); 8748 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8749 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8750 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8751 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8752 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8753 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8754 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8755 } else 8756 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8757 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8758 } 8759 } 8760 8761 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8762 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8763 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8764 unsigned FTIIdx; 8765 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8766 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8767 8768 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8769 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8770 // single void argument. 8771 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8772 // already checks for that case. 8773 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8775 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8776 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8777 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8778 Params.push_back(Param); 8779 8780 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8781 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8782 } 8783 } 8784 8785 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8786 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8787 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8788 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8789 // the TU. 8790 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8791 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8792 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8793 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8794 8795 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8796 // instead. 8797 if (!TD) { 8798 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8799 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8800 } 8801 if (!TD) 8802 continue; 8803 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8804 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8805 continue; 8806 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8807 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8808 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8809 8810 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8811 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8812 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8813 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8814 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8815 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8816 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8817 } 8818 } 8819 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8820 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8821 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8822 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8823 // 8824 // @code 8825 // typedef void fn(int); 8826 // fn f; 8827 // @endcode 8828 8829 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8830 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8831 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8832 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8833 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8834 Params.push_back(Param); 8835 } 8836 } else { 8837 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8838 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8839 } 8840 8841 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8842 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8843 8844 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8845 NewFD->addAttr( 8846 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8847 Context, 0)); 8848 8849 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8850 // because all functions have linkage. 8851 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8852 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8853 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8854 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8855 } 8856 8857 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8858 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8859 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8860 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8861 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8862 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8863 } 8864 8865 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8866 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8867 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8868 NewFD->addAttr( 8869 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8870 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8871 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8872 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8873 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8874 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8875 NewFD)) 8876 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8877 } 8878 8879 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or 8880 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. 8881 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 8882 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, 8883 D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8884 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); 8885 } 8886 } 8887 8888 // Handle attributes. 8889 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8890 8891 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8892 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8893 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8894 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8895 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 8896 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8897 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8898 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8899 } 8900 } 8901 8902 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8903 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8904 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8905 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8906 8907 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8908 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8909 8910 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8911 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8912 isMemberSpecialization)); 8913 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8914 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8915 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8916 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8917 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8918 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8919 8920 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8921 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8922 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8923 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8924 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8925 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8926 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8927 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8928 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8929 int DiagID = 8930 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8931 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8932 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8933 } 8934 } 8935 8936 if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 8937 NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 8938 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(), 8939 NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), 8940 NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 8941 } else { 8942 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8943 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8944 // 8945 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8946 // 8947 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8948 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8949 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8950 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8951 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8952 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8953 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8954 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8955 8956 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8957 // argument list into our AST format. 8958 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8959 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8960 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8961 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8962 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8963 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8964 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8965 TemplateArgs); 8966 8967 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8968 8969 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8970 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8971 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8972 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8973 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8974 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8975 8976 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8977 } else { 8978 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8979 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8980 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8981 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8982 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8983 } 8984 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8985 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8986 // wrote something like: 8987 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8988 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8989 // friend void foo<>(int); 8990 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8991 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8992 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8993 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8994 } 8995 8996 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8997 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8998 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8999 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 9000 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 9001 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 9002 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 9003 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 9004 9005 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 9006 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 9007 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 9008 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 9009 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 9010 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 9011 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 9012 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 9013 TemplateArgs, 9014 InstantiationDependent))) { 9015 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 9016 "friend function specialization without template args"); 9017 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 9018 Previous)) 9019 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9020 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9021 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 9022 && !isFriend) { 9023 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 9024 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9025 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 9026 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 9027 Previous)) 9028 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9029 9030 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 9031 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 9032 // specialization (14.7.3) 9033 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 9034 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 9035 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 9036 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 9037 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9038 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 9039 << SC 9040 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9041 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9042 9043 else 9044 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9045 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 9046 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9047 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9048 } 9049 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9050 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 9051 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9052 } 9053 9054 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9055 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9056 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9057 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9058 9059 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9060 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9061 9062 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9063 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9064 isMemberSpecialization)); 9065 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9066 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9067 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9068 } 9069 9070 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9071 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9072 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9073 9074 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 9075 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 9076 : NewFD); 9077 9078 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 9079 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 9080 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9081 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 9082 9083 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 9084 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 9085 } 9086 9087 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 9088 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 9089 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 9090 9091 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 9092 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 9093 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9094 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 9095 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 9096 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 9097 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 9098 : nullptr, 9099 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 9100 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 9101 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 9102 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9103 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9104 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9105 DC->isDependentContext()) 9106 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9107 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9108 } 9109 9110 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9111 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9112 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9113 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9114 AddToScope }; 9115 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9116 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9117 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9118 9119 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9120 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9121 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9122 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9123 9124 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9125 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9126 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9127 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9128 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9129 // can actually do this check immediately. 9130 // 9131 // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified 9132 // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now; 9133 // nothing will diagnose that error later. 9134 if (isFriend && 9135 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9136 (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) { 9137 // ignore these 9138 } else { 9139 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9140 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9141 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9142 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9143 // 9144 // class X { 9145 // void f() const; 9146 // }; 9147 // 9148 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9149 // 9150 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9151 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9152 // whether the parameter types are references). 9153 9154 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9155 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9156 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9157 return Result; 9158 } 9159 } 9160 9161 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9162 // to something. 9163 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9164 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9165 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9166 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9167 return Result; 9168 } 9169 } 9170 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9171 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9172 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9173 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9174 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9175 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9176 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9177 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9178 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9179 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9180 // generate them. 9181 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9182 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9183 } 9184 } 9185 9186 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9187 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9188 9189 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9190 9191 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9192 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9193 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9194 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9195 << NewFD; 9196 9197 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9198 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9199 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9200 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9201 EPI.Variadic = true; 9202 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9203 9204 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9205 NewFD->setType(R); 9206 } 9207 9208 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9209 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9210 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9211 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9212 9213 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9214 // marking the function. 9215 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9216 9217 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9218 // a pragma. 9219 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9220 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9221 9222 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9223 // the map of such variables. 9224 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9225 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9226 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9227 9228 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9229 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9230 9231 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9232 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9233 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 9234 isMemberSpecialization || 9235 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9236 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9237 } 9238 9239 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9240 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9241 if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) && 9242 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9243 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9244 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9245 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return) 9246 << getCudaConfigureFuncName(); 9247 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9248 } 9249 9250 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9251 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9252 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9253 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9254 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9255 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9256 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9257 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9258 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9259 } 9260 } 9261 9262 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9263 9264 9265 9266 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9267 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9268 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9269 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9270 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9271 D.setInvalidType(); 9272 } 9273 9274 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9275 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9276 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9277 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9278 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9279 : FixItHint()); 9280 D.setInvalidType(); 9281 } 9282 9283 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9284 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9285 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9286 9287 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9288 if (DC->isRecord()) { 9289 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel); 9290 D.setInvalidType(); 9291 } 9292 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9293 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel); 9294 D.setInvalidType(); 9295 } 9296 } 9297 } 9298 9299 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9300 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9301 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9302 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9303 return FunctionTemplate; 9304 } 9305 9306 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9307 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9308 } 9309 9310 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9311 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9312 9313 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9314 // types. 9315 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9316 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9317 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9318 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9319 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9320 D.setInvalidType(); 9321 } 9322 } 9323 } 9324 } 9325 9326 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9327 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9328 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9329 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9330 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9331 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9332 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 9333 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9334 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9335 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9336 AddToScope = false; 9337 } 9338 9339 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 9340 // that are run during load/unload. 9341 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 9342 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 9343 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9344 << 1; 9345 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9346 } 9347 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 9348 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9349 << 2; 9350 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9351 } 9352 } 9353 9354 return NewFD; 9355 } 9356 9357 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say 9358 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of 9359 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special 9360 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." 9361 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler 9362 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. 9363 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer 9364 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: 9365 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer 9366 /// available since MS has removed the page. 9367 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9368 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 9369 if (!Method) 9370 return nullptr; 9371 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); 9372 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9373 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9374 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9375 return NewAttr; 9376 } 9377 9378 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg 9379 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. 9380 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9381 return nullptr; 9382 9383 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { 9384 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9385 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9386 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9387 return NewAttr; 9388 } 9389 } 9390 return nullptr; 9391 } 9392 9393 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a 9394 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the 9395 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack 9396 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). 9397 /// 9398 /// \param FD Function being declared. 9399 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. 9400 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or 9401 /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. 9402 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9403 bool IsDefinition) { 9404 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) 9405 return A; 9406 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && 9407 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) { 9408 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), 9409 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9410 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9411 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation); 9412 } 9413 return nullptr; 9414 } 9415 9416 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a 9417 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a 9418 /// best-effort check. 9419 /// 9420 /// \param NewD The new declaration. 9421 /// \param OldD The old declaration. 9422 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. 9423 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. 9424 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, 9425 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { 9426 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9427 return true; 9428 9429 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't 9430 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: 9431 // 9432 // int f(); 9433 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } 9434 // 9435 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). 9436 if (NewT->isDependentType() && 9437 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) 9438 return false; 9439 9440 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern 9441 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. 9442 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) 9443 return false; 9444 9445 return true; 9446 } 9447 9448 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9449 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9450 /// 9451 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9452 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9453 /// same declaration name. 9454 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9455 /// belongs to. 9456 /// 9457 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9458 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9459 return true; 9460 9461 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to 9462 // permit cases like 9463 // 9464 // void func(); 9465 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; 9466 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; 9467 // 9468 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. 9469 // 9470 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy 9471 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply 9472 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in 9473 // the way of access checks. 9474 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 9475 return false; 9476 9477 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 9478 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); 9479 return !VD || !PrevVD || 9480 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), 9481 PrevVD->getType()); 9482 } 9483 9484 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 9485 /// validity. 9486 /// 9487 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9488 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9489 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9490 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 9491 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 9492 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 9493 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 9494 9495 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 9496 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 9497 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9498 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 9499 return true; 9500 } 9501 9502 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 9503 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 9504 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 9505 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9506 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 9507 return true; 9508 } 9509 9510 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 9511 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 9512 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9513 << Feature << BareFeat; 9514 return true; 9515 } 9516 } 9517 return false; 9518 } 9519 9520 static bool HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9521 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 9522 for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) { 9523 switch (A->getKind()) { 9524 case attr::CPUDispatch: 9525 case attr::CPUSpecific: 9526 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 9527 MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) 9528 return true; 9529 break; 9530 case attr::Target: 9531 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) 9532 return true; 9533 break; 9534 default: 9535 return true; 9536 } 9537 } 9538 return false; 9539 } 9540 9541 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 9542 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9543 bool CausesMV, 9544 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 9545 enum DoesntSupport { 9546 FuncTemplates = 0, 9547 VirtFuncs = 1, 9548 DeducedReturn = 2, 9549 Constructors = 3, 9550 Destructors = 4, 9551 DeletedFuncs = 5, 9552 DefaultedFuncs = 6, 9553 ConstexprFuncs = 7, 9554 ConstevalFuncs = 8, 9555 }; 9556 enum Different { 9557 CallingConv = 0, 9558 ReturnType = 1, 9559 ConstexprSpec = 2, 9560 InlineSpec = 3, 9561 StorageClass = 4, 9562 Linkage = 5 9563 }; 9564 9565 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 9566 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 9567 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; 9568 9569 if (OldFD && !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9570 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9571 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9572 return true; 9573 } 9574 9575 if (!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9576 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9577 9578 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9579 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9580 if (OldFD) 9581 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9582 return true; 9583 } 9584 9585 // For now, disallow all other attributes. These should be opt-in, but 9586 // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME. 9587 if (CausesMV && OldFD && HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(OldFD, MVType)) { 9588 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9589 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9590 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9591 return true; 9592 } 9593 9594 if (HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(NewFD, MVType)) 9595 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9596 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9597 9598 if (NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 9599 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9600 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << FuncTemplates; 9601 9602 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9603 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 9604 return S.Diag(NewCXXFD->getLocation(), 9605 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9606 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << VirtFuncs; 9607 9608 if (const auto *NewCXXCtor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9609 return S.Diag(NewCXXCtor->getLocation(), 9610 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9611 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Constructors; 9612 9613 if (const auto *NewCXXDtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9614 return S.Diag(NewCXXDtor->getLocation(), 9615 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9616 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Destructors; 9617 } 9618 9619 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 9620 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9621 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeletedFuncs; 9622 9623 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 9624 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9625 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DefaultedFuncs; 9626 9627 if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && (MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 9628 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)) 9629 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9630 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType 9631 << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs); 9632 9633 QualType NewQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 9634 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 9635 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 9636 9637 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 9638 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9639 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeducedReturn; 9640 9641 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 9642 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 9643 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 9644 9645 // Ensure the return type is identical. 9646 if (OldFD) { 9647 QualType OldQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 9648 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 9649 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 9650 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 9651 9652 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 9653 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9654 << CallingConv; 9655 9656 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 9657 9658 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 9659 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9660 << ReturnType; 9661 9662 if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind()) 9663 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9664 << ConstexprSpec; 9665 9666 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 9667 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9668 << InlineSpec; 9669 9670 if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 9671 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9672 << StorageClass; 9673 9674 if (OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 9675 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9676 << Linkage; 9677 9678 if (S.CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 9679 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 9680 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 9681 return true; 9682 } 9683 return false; 9684 } 9685 9686 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the 9687 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9688 /// 9689 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9690 /// 9691 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9692 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, 9693 MultiVersionKind MVType, 9694 const TargetAttr *TA) { 9695 assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None && 9696 "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); 9697 9698 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal 9699 // function. 9700 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) 9701 return false; 9702 9703 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { 9704 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9705 return true; 9706 } 9707 9708 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { 9709 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9710 return true; 9711 } 9712 9713 FD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9714 return false; 9715 } 9716 9717 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9718 for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) { 9719 if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None) 9720 return true; 9721 } 9722 9723 return false; 9724 } 9725 9726 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( 9727 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 9728 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9729 LookupResult &Previous) { 9730 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9731 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 9732 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 9733 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 9734 9735 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 9736 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 9737 if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() && 9738 (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr())) 9739 return false; 9740 9741 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 9742 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9743 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9744 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9745 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9746 return true; 9747 } 9748 9749 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, 9750 MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 9751 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9752 return true; 9753 } 9754 9755 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9756 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9757 return true; 9758 } 9759 9760 // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration. 9761 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { 9762 Redeclaration = true; 9763 OldDecl = OldFD; 9764 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9765 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9766 return false; 9767 } 9768 9769 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 9770 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9771 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9772 return true; 9773 } 9774 9775 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = 9776 OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9777 9778 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 9779 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9780 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9781 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9782 return true; 9783 } 9784 9785 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 9786 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9787 // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but 9788 // nothing after the fact. 9789 if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) && 9790 (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) { 9791 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 9792 << 0; 9793 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9794 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9795 return true; 9796 } 9797 } 9798 9799 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9800 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9801 Redeclaration = false; 9802 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9803 OldDecl = nullptr; 9804 Previous.clear(); 9805 return false; 9806 } 9807 9808 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing 9809 /// multiversioned declaration collection. 9810 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 9811 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9812 MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 9813 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, 9814 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9815 LookupResult &Previous) { 9816 9817 MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 9818 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. 9819 if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 9820 NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) || 9821 (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 9822 OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 9823 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 9824 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9825 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9826 return true; 9827 } 9828 9829 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; 9830 if (NewTA) { 9831 NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 9832 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 9833 } 9834 9835 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 9836 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 9837 9838 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 9839 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 9840 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 9841 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 9842 if (!CurFD) 9843 continue; 9844 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 9845 continue; 9846 9847 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) { 9848 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9849 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 9850 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9851 Redeclaration = true; 9852 OldDecl = ND; 9853 return false; 9854 } 9855 9856 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = 9857 CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9858 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 9859 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9860 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9861 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9862 return true; 9863 } 9864 } else { 9865 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 9866 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 9867 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. 9868 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through 9869 // the redeclaration errors. 9870 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 9871 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { 9872 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && 9873 std::equal( 9874 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), 9875 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), 9876 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 9877 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 9878 })) { 9879 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9880 Redeclaration = true; 9881 OldDecl = ND; 9882 return false; 9883 } 9884 9885 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. 9886 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); 9887 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9888 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9889 return true; 9890 } 9891 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { 9892 9893 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && 9894 std::equal( 9895 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), 9896 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), 9897 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 9898 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 9899 })) { 9900 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9901 Redeclaration = true; 9902 OldDecl = ND; 9903 return false; 9904 } 9905 9906 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. 9907 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { 9908 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { 9909 if (CurII == NewII) { 9910 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) 9911 << NewII; 9912 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9913 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9914 return true; 9915 } 9916 } 9917 } 9918 } 9919 // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error 9920 // condition. 9921 } 9922 } 9923 9924 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only 9925 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are 9926 // handled in the attribute adding step. 9927 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 9928 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9929 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9930 return true; 9931 } 9932 9933 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, 9934 !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) { 9935 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9936 return true; 9937 } 9938 9939 // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible. 9940 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 9941 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9942 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9943 Redeclaration = true; 9944 OldDecl = OldFD; 9945 return false; 9946 } 9947 9948 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9949 Redeclaration = false; 9950 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9951 OldDecl = nullptr; 9952 Previous.clear(); 9953 return false; 9954 } 9955 9956 9957 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 9958 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9959 /// 9960 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9961 /// 9962 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9963 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9964 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 9965 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9966 LookupResult &Previous) { 9967 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9968 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 9969 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 9970 9971 // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. 9972 if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || 9973 (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { 9974 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 9975 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9976 return true; 9977 } 9978 9979 MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 9980 9981 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS 9982 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. 9983 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 9984 if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || 9985 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 9986 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) { 9987 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 9988 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9989 return true; 9990 } 9991 return false; 9992 } 9993 9994 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || 9995 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 9996 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { 9997 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause 9998 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. 9999 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10000 return false; 10001 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA); 10002 } 10003 10004 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 10005 10006 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10007 return false; 10008 10009 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) { 10010 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10011 << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target); 10012 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10013 return true; 10014 } 10015 10016 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. 10017 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) 10018 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 10019 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10020 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10021 10022 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an 10023 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are 10024 // still compatible with previous declarations. 10025 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10026 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, 10027 OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10028 } 10029 10030 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 10031 /// 10032 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 10033 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 10034 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 10035 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 10036 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 10037 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 10038 /// via InstantiateDecl). 10039 /// 10040 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 10041 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 10042 /// previous declaration). 10043 /// 10044 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10045 /// 10046 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 10047 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10048 LookupResult &Previous, 10049 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 10050 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 10051 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 10052 10053 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 10054 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 10055 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 10056 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10057 !Previous.isShadowed(); 10058 10059 bool Redeclaration = false; 10060 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 10061 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 10062 10063 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 10064 // the same name, if appropriate. 10065 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10066 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 10067 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 10068 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 10069 // function to the scope. 10070 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 10071 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10072 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 10073 Redeclaration = true; 10074 OldDecl = Candidate; 10075 } 10076 } else { 10077 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10078 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 10079 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 10080 case Ovl_Match: 10081 Redeclaration = true; 10082 break; 10083 10084 case Ovl_NonFunction: 10085 Redeclaration = true; 10086 break; 10087 10088 case Ovl_Overload: 10089 Redeclaration = false; 10090 break; 10091 } 10092 } 10093 } 10094 10095 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 10096 if (!Redeclaration && 10097 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 10098 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10099 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 10100 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 10101 Redeclaration = true; 10102 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10103 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10104 10105 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 10106 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 10107 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10108 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 10109 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10110 Redeclaration = false; 10111 OldDecl = nullptr; 10112 } 10113 } 10114 } 10115 } 10116 10117 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10118 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 10119 return Redeclaration; 10120 10121 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 10122 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 10123 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 10124 // 10125 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 10126 // definition of a static member function. 10127 // 10128 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 10129 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 10130 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 10131 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 10132 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 10133 !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) { 10134 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 10135 if (OldDecl) 10136 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 10137 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 10138 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 10139 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10140 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 10141 EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); 10142 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 10143 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 10144 10145 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 10146 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 10147 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10148 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 10149 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 10150 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 10151 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 10152 10153 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 10154 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 10155 } 10156 } 10157 } 10158 10159 if (Redeclaration) { 10160 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 10161 // merged. 10162 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 10163 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10164 return Redeclaration; 10165 } 10166 10167 Previous.clear(); 10168 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 10169 10170 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 10171 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 10172 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10173 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 10174 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 10175 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 10176 10177 // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in 10178 // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we 10179 // can add it as a redeclaration. 10180 NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl); 10181 10182 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10183 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10184 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 10185 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10186 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10187 } 10188 10189 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 10190 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 10191 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 10192 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 10193 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 10194 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 10195 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 10196 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 10197 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 10198 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 10199 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 10200 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 10201 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 10202 } 10203 } 10204 10205 } else { 10206 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 10207 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 10208 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 10209 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10210 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10211 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 10212 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 10213 } 10214 } 10215 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 10216 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10217 assert((Previous.empty() || 10218 llvm::any_of(Previous, 10219 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10220 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10221 })) && 10222 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 10223 10224 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10225 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 10226 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10227 }); 10228 10229 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 10230 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10231 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 10232 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 10233 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 10234 << false; 10235 10236 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 10237 } 10238 } 10239 10240 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 10241 10242 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10243 // C++-specific checks. 10244 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10245 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 10246 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 10247 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10248 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 10249 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 10250 10251 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 10252 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 10253 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 10254 DeclarationName Name 10255 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 10256 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 10257 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 10258 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 10259 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10260 return Redeclaration; 10261 } 10262 } 10263 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 10264 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 10265 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 10266 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 10267 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10268 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 10269 10270 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 10271 // explicitly specialized. 10272 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 10273 Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 10274 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 10275 } 10276 10277 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 10278 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10279 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 10280 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 10281 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 10282 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 10283 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 10284 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10285 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 10286 } 10287 } 10288 } 10289 10290 if (Method->isStatic()) 10291 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 10292 } 10293 10294 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 10295 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 10296 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10297 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10298 return Redeclaration; 10299 } 10300 10301 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 10302 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 10303 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10304 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10305 return Redeclaration; 10306 } 10307 10308 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 10309 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 10310 // during delayed parsing anyway. 10311 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 10312 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 10313 10314 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 10315 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 10316 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 10317 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 10318 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 10319 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 10320 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 10321 // specification, that's OK. 10322 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 10323 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 10324 if (!T.isNull() && 10325 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 10326 NewFD->getType())) 10327 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 10328 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 10329 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 10330 } 10331 10332 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 10333 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 10334 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 10335 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 10336 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 10337 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 10338 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 10339 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 10340 << NewFD << R; 10341 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 10342 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10343 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 10344 } 10345 10346 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 10347 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 10348 // [is] part of the function type 10349 // 10350 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 10351 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 10352 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 10353 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 10354 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 10355 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 10356 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 10357 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 10358 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 10359 // restricted prior to C++17. 10360 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 10361 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 10362 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 10363 T = T->getPointeeType(); 10364 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 10365 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 10366 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10367 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 10368 return true; 10369 return false; 10370 }; 10371 10372 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10373 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 10374 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 10375 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 10376 if (AnyNoexcept) 10377 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10378 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 10379 << NewFD; 10380 } 10381 10382 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 10383 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 10384 } 10385 return Redeclaration; 10386 } 10387 10388 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 10389 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 10390 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 10391 // constexpr is ill-formed. 10392 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 10393 // appear in a declaration of main. 10394 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 10395 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 10396 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10397 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 10398 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 10399 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 10400 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 10401 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 10402 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 10403 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 10404 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 10405 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 10406 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 10407 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 10408 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 10409 } 10410 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 10411 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 10412 << FD->isConsteval() 10413 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 10414 FD->setConstexprKind(CSK_unspecified); 10415 } 10416 10417 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10418 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 10419 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 10420 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10421 return; 10422 } 10423 10424 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10425 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10426 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10427 10428 // Set default calling convention for main() 10429 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 10430 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 10431 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 10432 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 10433 } 10434 10435 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10436 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 10437 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 10438 // implicit-return-zero rule. 10439 10440 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 10441 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10442 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10443 else { 10444 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 10445 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10446 if (RTRange.isValid()) 10447 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 10448 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 10449 } 10450 } else { 10451 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 10452 // set the flag which tells us that. 10453 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 10454 10455 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 10456 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10457 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10458 else { 10459 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 10460 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10461 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 10462 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 10463 : FixItHint()); 10464 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10465 } 10466 } 10467 10468 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 10469 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 10470 10471 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 10472 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 10473 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 10474 10475 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 10476 10477 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 10478 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 10479 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 10480 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 10481 } 10482 10483 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 10484 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 10485 // getting shifty. 10486 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 10487 HasExtraParameters = false; 10488 10489 if (HasExtraParameters) { 10490 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 10491 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10492 nparams = 3; 10493 } 10494 10495 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 10496 // if we had some location information about types. 10497 10498 QualType CharPP = 10499 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 10500 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 10501 10502 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 10503 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 10504 10505 bool mismatch = true; 10506 10507 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 10508 mismatch = false; 10509 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 10510 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 10511 // char const ** 10512 // char const * const * 10513 // char * const * 10514 10515 QualifierCollector qs; 10516 const PointerType* PT; 10517 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10518 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10519 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 10520 Context.CharTy)) { 10521 qs.removeConst(); 10522 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 10523 } 10524 } 10525 10526 if (mismatch) { 10527 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 10528 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 10529 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10530 } 10531 } 10532 10533 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10534 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 10535 } 10536 10537 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10538 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10539 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10540 } 10541 } 10542 10543 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10544 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10545 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10546 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10547 10548 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 10549 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 10550 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 10551 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 10552 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 10553 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 10554 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 10555 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10556 10557 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10558 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10559 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10560 } 10561 } 10562 10563 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 10564 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 10565 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 10566 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 10567 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 10568 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 10569 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 10570 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 10571 // rules there don't matter.) 10572 const Expr *Culprit; 10573 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10574 return false; 10575 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 10576 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10577 return true; 10578 } 10579 10580 namespace { 10581 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 10582 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 10583 class SelfReferenceChecker 10584 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 10585 Sema &S; 10586 Decl *OrigDecl; 10587 bool isRecordType; 10588 bool isPODType; 10589 bool isReferenceType; 10590 10591 bool isInitList; 10592 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 10593 10594 public: 10595 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 10596 10597 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 10598 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 10599 isPODType = false; 10600 isRecordType = false; 10601 isReferenceType = false; 10602 isInitList = false; 10603 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 10604 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 10605 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 10606 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 10607 } 10608 } 10609 10610 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 10611 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 10612 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 10613 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 10614 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 10615 if (!InitList) { 10616 Visit(E); 10617 return; 10618 } 10619 10620 // Track and increment the index here. 10621 isInitList = true; 10622 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 10623 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 10624 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 10625 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 10626 } 10627 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 10628 } 10629 10630 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 10631 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 10632 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 10633 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 10634 Expr *Base = E; 10635 bool ReferenceField = false; 10636 10637 // Get the field members used. 10638 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10639 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 10640 if (!FD) 10641 return false; 10642 Fields.push_back(FD); 10643 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 10644 ReferenceField = true; 10645 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10646 } 10647 10648 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 10649 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 10650 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 10651 return false; 10652 10653 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 10654 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 10655 return true; 10656 10657 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 10658 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 10659 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 10660 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 10661 10662 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 10663 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 10664 // initialized, then the use is safe. 10665 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 10666 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 10667 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 10668 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 10669 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 10670 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 10671 return true; 10672 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 10673 break; 10674 } 10675 10676 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 10677 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10678 return true; 10679 } 10680 10681 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 10682 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 10683 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 10684 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 10685 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10686 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 10687 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10688 return; 10689 } 10690 10691 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10692 Visit(CO->getCond()); 10693 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 10694 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 10695 return; 10696 } 10697 10698 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 10699 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10700 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 10701 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 10702 return; 10703 } 10704 10705 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 10706 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 10707 return; 10708 } 10709 10710 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 10711 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 10712 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 10713 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 10714 return; 10715 } 10716 } 10717 10718 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 10719 if (isInitList) { 10720 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 10721 false /*CheckReference*/)) 10722 return; 10723 } 10724 10725 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10726 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10727 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 10728 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10729 return; 10730 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10731 } 10732 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 10733 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10734 return; 10735 } 10736 10737 Visit(E); 10738 } 10739 10740 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 10741 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 10742 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 10743 if (isReferenceType) 10744 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 10745 } 10746 10747 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 10748 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 10749 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10750 return; 10751 } 10752 10753 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 10754 } 10755 10756 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 10757 if (isInitList) { 10758 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 10759 return; 10760 } 10761 10762 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 10763 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 10764 10765 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 10766 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 10767 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 10768 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 10769 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10770 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10771 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10772 Warn = false; 10773 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10774 } 10775 10776 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 10777 if (Warn) 10778 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10779 return; 10780 } 10781 10782 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 10783 // Visit that expression. 10784 Visit(Base); 10785 } 10786 10787 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 10788 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 10789 10790 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 10791 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 10792 10793 Visit(Callee); 10794 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 10795 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 10796 } 10797 10798 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 10799 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 10800 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 10801 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 10802 if (!isPODType) 10803 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10804 return; 10805 } 10806 10807 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 10808 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10809 return; 10810 } 10811 10812 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 10813 } 10814 10815 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 10816 10817 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 10818 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 10819 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 10820 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10821 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 10822 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 10823 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10824 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 10825 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 10826 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 10827 return; 10828 } 10829 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 10830 } 10831 10832 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 10833 // Treat std::move as a use. 10834 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 10835 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 10836 return; 10837 } 10838 10839 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 10840 } 10841 10842 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 10843 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 10844 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 10845 Visit(E->getRHS()); 10846 return; 10847 } 10848 10849 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 10850 } 10851 10852 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 10853 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 10854 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 10855 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 10856 Visit(E->getCond()); 10857 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 10858 } 10859 10860 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 10861 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 10862 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 10863 unsigned diag; 10864 if (isReferenceType) { 10865 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 10866 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 10867 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 10868 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10869 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10870 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 10871 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 10872 } else { 10873 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 10874 return; 10875 } 10876 10877 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE, 10878 S.PDiag(diag) 10879 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 10880 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 10881 } 10882 }; 10883 10884 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 10885 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 10886 bool DirectInit) { 10887 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 10888 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 10889 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 10890 return; 10891 10892 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10893 10894 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 10895 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 10896 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 10897 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 10898 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10899 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 10900 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 10901 return; 10902 10903 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 10904 } 10905 } // end anonymous namespace 10906 10907 namespace { 10908 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 10909 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 10910 struct VarDeclOrName { 10911 VarDecl *VDecl; 10912 DeclarationName Name; 10913 10914 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10915 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10916 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10917 } 10918 }; 10919 } // end anonymous namespace 10920 10921 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10922 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10923 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10924 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10925 Expr *Init) { 10926 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10927 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10928 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10929 10930 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10931 10932 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10933 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10934 10935 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10936 if (!Init) { 10937 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10938 10939 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 10940 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 10941 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 10942 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 10943 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10944 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10945 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10946 return QualType(); 10947 } 10948 } 10949 10950 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 10951 if (Init) 10952 DeduceInits = Init; 10953 10954 if (DirectInit) { 10955 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10956 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10957 } 10958 10959 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10960 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10961 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10962 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10963 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10964 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10965 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10966 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10967 InitsCopy); 10968 } 10969 10970 if (DirectInit) { 10971 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10972 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10973 } 10974 10975 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10976 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10977 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10978 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10979 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 10980 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10981 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10982 << VN << Type << Range; 10983 return QualType(); 10984 } 10985 10986 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10987 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(), 10988 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10989 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10990 << VN << Type << Range; 10991 return QualType(); 10992 } 10993 10994 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10995 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10996 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 10997 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10998 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10999 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 11000 return QualType(); 11001 } 11002 11003 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 11004 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 11005 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 11006 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 11007 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11008 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11009 return QualType(); 11010 } 11011 Init = Result.get(); 11012 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 11013 } 11014 11015 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 11016 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 11017 // is present, e has type cv A 11018 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 11019 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 11020 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 11021 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 11022 Type.getQualifiers()); 11023 11024 QualType DeducedType; 11025 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 11026 if (!IsInitCapture) 11027 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 11028 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11029 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 11030 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 11031 << VN 11032 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11033 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11034 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11035 else 11036 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 11037 << VN << TSI->getType() 11038 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11039 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11040 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11041 } 11042 11043 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 11044 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 11045 // checks. 11046 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 11047 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 11048 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 11049 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 11050 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11051 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 11052 } 11053 11054 return DeducedType; 11055 } 11056 11057 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 11058 Expr *Init) { 11059 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 11060 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 11061 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 11062 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 11063 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11064 return true; 11065 } 11066 11067 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 11068 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 11069 11070 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 11071 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 11072 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11073 11074 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 11075 // the previously declared type. 11076 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 11077 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 11078 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 11079 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 11080 } 11081 11082 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 11083 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 11084 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 11085 } 11086 11087 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, 11088 SourceLocation Loc) { 11089 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init)) 11090 Init = CE->getSubExpr(); 11091 11092 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 11093 assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11094 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 11095 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct"); 11096 if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11097 for (auto I : ILE->inits()) { 11098 if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() && 11099 !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11100 continue; 11101 SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc(); 11102 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc); 11103 } 11104 return; 11105 } 11106 11107 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) { 11108 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11109 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, 11110 NTCUK_Init); 11111 } else { 11112 // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing 11113 // object. 11114 // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee 11115 // copy-elision. 11116 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11117 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy); 11118 } 11119 } 11120 11121 namespace { 11122 11123 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor 11124 : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11125 void> { 11126 using Super = 11127 DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11128 void>; 11129 11130 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor( 11131 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11132 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 11133 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11134 11135 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT, 11136 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11137 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11138 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11139 InNonTrivialUnion); 11140 return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11141 } 11142 11143 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11144 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11145 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11146 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11147 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11148 } 11149 11150 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11151 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11152 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11153 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11154 } 11155 11156 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11157 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11158 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11159 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11160 bool IsUnion = false; 11161 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11162 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11163 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11164 << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11165 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11166 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11167 } 11168 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11169 } 11170 11171 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11172 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11173 << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11174 11175 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11176 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11177 } 11178 11179 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11180 11181 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11182 // non-trivial C union. 11183 QualType OrigTy; 11184 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11185 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11186 Sema &S; 11187 }; 11188 11189 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor 11190 : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> { 11191 using Super = 11192 DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>; 11193 11194 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor( 11195 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11196 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 11197 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11198 11199 void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT, 11200 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11201 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11202 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11203 InNonTrivialUnion); 11204 return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11205 } 11206 11207 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11208 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11209 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11210 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11211 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 11212 } 11213 11214 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11215 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11216 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11217 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 11218 } 11219 11220 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11221 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11222 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11223 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11224 bool IsUnion = false; 11225 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11226 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11227 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11228 << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11229 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11230 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11231 } 11232 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11233 } 11234 11235 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11236 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11237 << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11238 11239 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11240 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11241 } 11242 11243 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11244 void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11245 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11246 11247 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11248 // non-trivial C union. 11249 QualType OrigTy; 11250 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11251 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11252 Sema &S; 11253 }; 11254 11255 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor 11256 : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> { 11257 using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>; 11258 11259 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11260 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 11261 Sema &S) 11262 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11263 11264 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 11265 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11266 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11267 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11268 InNonTrivialUnion); 11269 return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11270 } 11271 11272 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11273 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11274 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11275 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11276 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 11277 } 11278 11279 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11280 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11281 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11282 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 11283 } 11284 11285 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11286 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11287 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11288 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11289 bool IsUnion = false; 11290 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11291 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11292 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11293 << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11294 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11295 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11296 } 11297 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11298 } 11299 11300 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11301 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11302 << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11303 11304 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11305 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11306 } 11307 11308 void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 11309 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11310 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11311 void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11312 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11313 11314 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11315 // non-trivial C union. 11316 QualType OrigTy; 11317 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11318 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11319 Sema &S; 11320 }; 11321 11322 } // namespace 11323 11324 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, 11325 NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 11326 unsigned NonTrivialKind) { 11327 assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11328 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 11329 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 11330 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union"); 11331 11332 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) && 11333 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11334 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11335 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11336 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) && 11337 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) 11338 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11339 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11340 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11341 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11342 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11343 } 11344 11345 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 11346 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 11347 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 11348 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 11349 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 11350 // the initializer. 11351 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11352 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 11353 return; 11354 } 11355 11356 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11357 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 11358 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 11359 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 11360 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 11361 return; 11362 } 11363 11364 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 11365 if (!VDecl) { 11366 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 11367 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 11368 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11369 return; 11370 } 11371 11372 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 11373 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11374 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 11375 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 11376 // TypoExpr. 11377 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 11378 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 11379 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11380 return; 11381 } 11382 Init = Res.get(); 11383 11384 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 11385 return; 11386 } 11387 11388 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 11389 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11390 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 11391 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11392 return; 11393 } 11394 11395 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 11396 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 11397 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 11398 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11399 return; 11400 } 11401 11402 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 11403 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 11404 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 11405 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 11406 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 11407 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 11408 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 11409 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 11410 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11411 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11412 return; 11413 } 11414 11415 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11416 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 11417 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11418 AbstractVariableType)) 11419 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11420 } 11421 11422 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 11423 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 11424 // handle the situation. 11425 VarDecl *Def; 11426 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 11427 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 11428 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 11429 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 11430 return; 11431 11432 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11433 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 11434 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 11435 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11436 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 11437 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 11438 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 11439 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 11440 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 11441 // 11442 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 11443 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 11444 // declaration with an initializer. 11445 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 11446 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 11447 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 11448 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 11449 diag::note_previous_initializer) 11450 << 0; 11451 return; 11452 } 11453 11454 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11455 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11456 11457 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 11458 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11459 return; 11460 } 11461 } 11462 11463 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 11464 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 11465 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 11466 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 11467 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11468 return; 11469 } 11470 11471 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 11472 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 11473 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 11474 11475 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 11476 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 11477 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 11478 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 11479 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11480 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11481 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11482 return; 11483 } 11484 Init = Result.get(); 11485 } 11486 11487 // Perform the initialization. 11488 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 11489 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11490 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11491 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11492 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11493 11494 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 11495 if (CXXDirectInit) 11496 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 11497 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 11498 11499 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 11500 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 11501 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 11502 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 11503 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 11504 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 11505 }); 11506 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 11507 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11508 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 11509 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 11510 } 11511 } 11512 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11513 return; 11514 11515 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 11516 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 11517 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 11518 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 11519 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11520 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11521 return; 11522 } 11523 11524 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 11525 } 11526 11527 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 11528 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 11529 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 11530 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 11531 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 11532 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 11533 } 11534 11535 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 11536 // completed by the initializer. For example: 11537 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 11538 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 11539 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 11540 VDecl->setType(DclT); 11541 11542 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11543 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 11544 11545 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 11546 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 11547 11548 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 11549 // Although this code can still have problems: 11550 // id x = self.weakProp; 11551 // id y = self.weakProp; 11552 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 11553 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 11554 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 11555 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 11556 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 11557 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 11558 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 11559 Init->getBeginLoc())) 11560 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 11561 } 11562 11563 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 11564 // 11565 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 11566 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 11567 // full-expression. For instance, in: 11568 // 11569 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 11570 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 11571 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 11572 // 11573 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 11574 ExprResult Result = 11575 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 11576 /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr()); 11577 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11578 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11579 return; 11580 } 11581 Init = Result.get(); 11582 11583 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 11584 VDecl->setInit(Init); 11585 11586 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 11587 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 11588 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11589 // do nothing 11590 11591 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 11592 // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL. 11593 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 11594 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11595 11596 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 11597 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11598 // do nothing 11599 11600 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 11601 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 11602 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11603 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11604 11605 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 11606 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 11607 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 11608 // constant expressions. 11609 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 11610 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11611 const Expr *Culprit; 11612 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 11613 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 11614 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 11615 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 11616 } 11617 } 11618 11619 if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 11620 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) 11621 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11622 BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); 11623 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 11624 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 11625 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 11626 // 11627 // struct S { 11628 // static const int value = 17; 11629 // }; 11630 11631 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 11632 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 11633 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 11634 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 11635 // 11636 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 11637 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 11638 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11639 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 11640 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 11641 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 11642 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 11643 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 11644 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 11645 11646 // Do nothing on dependent types. 11647 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 11648 11649 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 11650 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 11651 // type. 11652 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 11653 11654 // Require constness. 11655 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 11656 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 11657 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11658 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11659 11660 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 11661 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11662 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 11663 SourceLocation Loc; 11664 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 11665 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 11666 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 11667 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 11668 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 11669 ; // Nothing to check. 11670 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 11671 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 11672 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && 11673 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) 11674 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. 11675 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 11676 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 11677 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 11678 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11679 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11680 } else { 11681 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 11682 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 11683 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11684 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11685 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11686 } 11687 11688 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 11689 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 11690 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 11691 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 11692 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11693 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 11694 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 11695 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11696 Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), 11697 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 11698 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 11699 } else { 11700 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 11701 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11702 11703 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 11704 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 11705 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11706 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11707 } 11708 } 11709 11710 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 11711 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 11712 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 11713 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 11714 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 11715 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 11716 11717 } else { 11718 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 11719 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 11720 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11721 } 11722 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 11723 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 11724 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 11725 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 11726 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 11727 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 11728 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 11729 // C++ rules. 11730 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 11731 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 11732 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 11733 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 11734 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 11735 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 11736 11737 // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has 11738 // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with 11739 // __declspec(dllexport). 11740 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 11741 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() && 11742 VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition()) 11743 VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern); 11744 11745 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 11746 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11747 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11748 } 11749 11750 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 11751 if (!InitType.isNull() && 11752 (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11753 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) 11754 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc()); 11755 11756 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 11757 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 11758 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 11759 // 11760 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 11761 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 11762 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 11763 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 11764 // special case code. 11765 11766 // C++ 8.5p11: 11767 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 11768 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 11769 // class type. 11770 if (CXXDirectInit) { 11771 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 11772 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11773 } else if (DirectInit) { 11774 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 11775 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 11776 } 11777 11778 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 11779 } 11780 11781 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 11782 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 11783 /// of sanity. 11784 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 11785 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 11786 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 11787 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11788 11789 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11790 if (!VD) return; 11791 11792 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11793 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 11794 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 11795 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 11796 11797 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11798 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 11799 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11800 return; 11801 } 11802 11803 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 11804 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 11805 11806 // Require a complete type. 11807 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 11808 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 11809 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11810 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11811 return; 11812 } 11813 11814 // Require a non-abstract type. 11815 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 11816 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11817 AbstractVariableType)) { 11818 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11819 return; 11820 } 11821 11822 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 11823 // though. 11824 } 11825 11826 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 11827 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 11828 if (!RealDecl) 11829 return; 11830 11831 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11832 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 11833 11834 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 11835 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11836 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 11837 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11838 return; 11839 } 11840 11841 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 11842 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 11843 return; 11844 11845 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 11846 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 11847 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 11848 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 11849 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 11850 // member. 11851 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11852 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 11853 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 11854 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 11855 // a definition there. 11856 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { 11857 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11858 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 11859 << Var->getDeclName(); 11860 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11861 return; 11862 } 11863 } else { 11864 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 11865 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11866 return; 11867 } 11868 } 11869 11870 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 11871 // be initialized. 11872 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11873 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 11874 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 11875 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 11876 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11877 return; 11878 } 11879 11880 VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 11881 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && 11882 Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11883 checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(), 11884 NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init); 11885 11886 11887 switch (DefKind) { 11888 case VarDecl::Definition: 11889 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 11890 break; 11891 11892 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 11893 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 11894 // a declaration. 11895 // 11896 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 11897 11898 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 11899 // It's only a declaration. 11900 11901 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 11902 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 11903 // object shall be complete. 11904 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 11905 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11906 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11907 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 11908 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11909 11910 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 11911 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11912 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11913 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11914 AbstractVariableType)) 11915 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11916 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11917 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 11918 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 11919 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 11920 } 11921 11922 return; 11923 11924 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 11925 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 11926 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 11927 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 11928 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 11929 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 11930 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 11931 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 11932 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 11933 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11934 ArrayT->getElementType(), 11935 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 11936 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11937 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11938 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 11939 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 11940 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 11941 // NOTE: code such as the following 11942 // static struct s; 11943 // struct s { int a; }; 11944 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 11945 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 11946 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 11947 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 11948 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11949 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 11950 } 11951 } 11952 11953 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 11954 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11955 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 11956 return; 11957 } 11958 11959 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11960 // definitions with incomplete array type. 11961 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 11962 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11963 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 11964 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11965 return; 11966 } 11967 11968 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11969 // definitions with reference type. 11970 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 11971 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 11972 << Var->getDeclName() 11973 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 11974 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11975 return; 11976 } 11977 11978 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 11979 // variable with dependent type. 11980 if (Type->isDependentType()) 11981 return; 11982 11983 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11984 return; 11985 11986 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 11987 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11988 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 11989 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11990 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11991 return; 11992 } 11993 } else { 11994 return; 11995 } 11996 11997 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11998 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11999 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12000 AbstractVariableType)) { 12001 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12002 return; 12003 } 12004 12005 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 12006 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 12007 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 12008 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 12009 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 12010 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 12011 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 12012 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 12013 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 12014 // types and is declared without an initializer. 12015 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 12016 if (const RecordType *Record 12017 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12018 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 12019 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 12020 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 12021 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 12022 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 12023 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12024 } 12025 } 12026 // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space, 12027 // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer. 12028 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && 12029 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 12030 return; 12031 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 12032 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 12033 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 12034 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 12035 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 12036 // type shall have a user-declared default 12037 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 12038 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 12039 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 12040 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 12041 // program is ill-formed. 12042 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 12043 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 12044 // default-initialized; [...]. 12045 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 12046 InitializationKind Kind 12047 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 12048 12049 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12050 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12051 if (Init.isInvalid()) 12052 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12053 else if (Init.get()) { 12054 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 12055 // This is important for template substitution. 12056 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12057 } 12058 12059 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 12060 } 12061 } 12062 12063 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 12064 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 12065 if (!D) 12066 return; 12067 12068 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12069 if (!VD) { 12070 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 12071 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12072 return; 12073 } 12074 12075 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 12076 12077 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 12078 int Error = -1; 12079 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 12080 case SC_None: 12081 break; 12082 case SC_Extern: 12083 Error = 0; 12084 break; 12085 case SC_Static: 12086 Error = 1; 12087 break; 12088 case SC_PrivateExtern: 12089 Error = 2; 12090 break; 12091 case SC_Auto: 12092 Error = 3; 12093 break; 12094 case SC_Register: 12095 Error = 4; 12096 break; 12097 } 12098 if (Error != -1) { 12099 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 12100 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 12101 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12102 } 12103 } 12104 12105 StmtResult 12106 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 12107 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 12108 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 12109 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 12110 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 12111 // A range-based for statement of the form 12112 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 12113 // is equivalent to 12114 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 12115 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 12116 12117 const char *PrevSpec; 12118 unsigned DiagID; 12119 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 12120 getPrintingPolicy()); 12121 12122 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext); 12123 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 12124 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 12125 12126 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), 12127 IdentLoc); 12128 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 12129 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 12130 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 12131 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 12132 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 12133 } 12134 12135 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 12136 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 12137 12138 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12139 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 12140 // initialiser 12141 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 12142 !var->hasInit()) { 12143 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 12144 << 1 /*Init*/; 12145 var->setInvalidDecl(); 12146 return; 12147 } 12148 } 12149 12150 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 12151 // local retaining variable. 12152 if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 12153 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 12154 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 12155 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 12156 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 12157 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 12158 break; 12159 12160 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 12161 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 12162 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12163 break; 12164 } 12165 } 12166 12167 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 12168 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 12169 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12170 12171 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 12172 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 12173 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 12174 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 12175 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 12176 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12177 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 12178 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 12179 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 12180 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 12181 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 12182 var->getLocation())) { 12183 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 12184 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 12185 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 12186 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 12187 12188 if (!prev) { 12189 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 12190 Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 12191 << /* variable */ 0; 12192 } 12193 } 12194 12195 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 12196 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 12197 const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr; 12198 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 12199 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 12200 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 12201 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 12202 return *CacheHasConstInit; 12203 }; 12204 12205 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 12206 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 12207 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 12208 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 12209 // have a non-trivial destructor. 12210 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 12211 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12212 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 12213 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 12214 if (!checkConstInit()) { 12215 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 12216 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 12217 // initialization. 12218 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 12219 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 12220 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 12221 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12222 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 12223 } 12224 } 12225 } 12226 12227 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 12228 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 12229 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12230 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 12231 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 12232 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 12233 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 12234 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 12235 else if (!var->getInit()) { 12236 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 12237 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 12238 } else { 12239 Stack = &DataSegStack; 12240 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 12241 } 12242 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 12243 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12244 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 12245 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 12246 } 12247 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 12248 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 12249 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 12250 12251 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 12252 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 12253 // attribute. 12254 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 12255 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 12256 CurInitSegLoc)); 12257 } 12258 12259 // All the following checks are C++ only. 12260 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12261 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 12262 // current module. 12263 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 12264 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 12265 return; 12266 } 12267 12268 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 12269 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 12270 12271 QualType type = var->getType(); 12272 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 12273 12274 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 12275 getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var); 12276 12277 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 12278 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 12279 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 12280 12281 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 12282 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 12283 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 12284 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 12285 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 12286 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 12287 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 12288 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 12289 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 12290 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 12291 Notes.clear(); 12292 } 12293 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 12294 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 12295 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 12296 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 12297 } 12298 } else if (var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 12299 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 12300 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 12301 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 12302 var->checkInitIsICE(); 12303 } 12304 12305 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 12306 // were just diagnosed. 12307 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 12308 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 12309 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 12310 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 12311 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 12312 if (DiagErr) { 12313 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 12314 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 12315 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12316 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 12317 << attr->getRange(); 12318 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12319 APValue Value; 12320 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 12321 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 12322 for (auto &it : Notes) 12323 Diag(it.first, it.second); 12324 } else { 12325 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 12326 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 12327 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 12328 } 12329 } 12330 } 12331 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 12332 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 12333 var->getLocation())) { 12334 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 12335 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 12336 // warned about them. 12337 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 12338 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 12339 if (!checkConstInit()) 12340 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 12341 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12342 } 12343 } 12344 } 12345 12346 // Require the destructor. 12347 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 12348 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 12349 12350 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 12351 // module. 12352 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 12353 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 12354 } 12355 12356 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 12357 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 12358 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12359 return true; 12360 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 12361 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 12362 return true; 12363 return false; 12364 } 12365 12366 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a 12367 /// dllexport/import function. 12368 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) { 12369 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12370 12371 auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12372 12373 // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function. 12374 while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) && 12375 !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() && 12376 !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12377 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12378 } 12379 12380 if (!FD) 12381 return; 12382 12383 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 12384 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 12385 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 12386 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12387 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12388 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12389 auto *NewAttr = ::new (getASTContext()) DLLExportAttr(A->getRange(), 12390 getASTContext(), 12391 A->getSpellingListIndex()); 12392 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12393 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12394 12395 // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even 12396 // if it is not used in this compilation unit. 12397 if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) 12398 FD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12399 12400 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12401 auto *NewAttr = ::new (getASTContext()) DLLImportAttr(A->getRange(), 12402 getASTContext(), 12403 A->getSpellingListIndex()); 12404 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12405 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12406 } 12407 } 12408 12409 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 12410 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 12411 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 12412 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 12413 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 12414 12415 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 12416 if (!VD) 12417 return; 12418 12419 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 12420 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12421 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 12422 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 12423 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12424 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 12425 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 12426 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 12427 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12428 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 12429 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 12430 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 12431 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12432 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 12433 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 12434 } 12435 12436 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 12437 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 12438 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 12439 } 12440 } 12441 12442 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 12443 12444 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 12445 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 12446 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 12447 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 12448 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 12449 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 12450 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 12451 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12452 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 12453 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 12454 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 12455 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 12456 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 12457 } 12458 } 12459 } 12460 12461 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 12462 CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD); 12463 12464 if (dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 12465 // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 12466 // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device 12467 // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class. 12468 // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable 12469 // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static 12470 // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed. 12471 [&]() { 12472 if (!getLangOpts().CUDA) 12473 return; 12474 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) 12475 return; 12476 if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() && 12477 !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 12478 return; 12479 if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 12480 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 12481 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 12482 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12483 }(); 12484 } 12485 } 12486 12487 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 12488 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 12489 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 12490 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 12491 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 12492 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 12493 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 12494 12495 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 12496 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 12497 12498 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 12499 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 12500 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 12501 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12502 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 12503 // with a warning. 12504 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 12505 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 12506 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 12507 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 12508 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12509 12510 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 12511 IsClassTemplateMember 12512 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 12513 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 12514 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12515 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 12516 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12517 } 12518 } 12519 12520 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 12521 // isn't exported with the variable. 12522 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 12523 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12524 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 12525 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12526 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 12527 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 12528 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 12529 } else { 12530 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 12531 << DLLAttr; 12532 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12533 } 12534 } 12535 12536 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 12537 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12538 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 12539 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 12540 } 12541 } 12542 12543 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 12544 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 12545 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 12546 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 12547 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 12548 12549 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 12550 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 12551 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 12552 12553 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 12554 // tag values. 12555 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 12556 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 12557 return; 12558 12559 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 12560 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 12561 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 12562 continue; 12563 } 12564 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 12565 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 12566 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12567 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 12568 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12569 continue; 12570 } 12571 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 12572 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12573 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 12574 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12575 continue; 12576 } 12577 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 12578 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 12579 MagicValue, 12580 I->getMatchingCType(), 12581 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 12582 I->getMustBeNull()); 12583 } 12584 } 12585 12586 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 12587 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 12588 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 12589 } 12590 12591 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 12592 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12593 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 12594 12595 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 12596 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 12597 12598 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12599 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12600 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 12601 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 12602 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 12603 12604 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12605 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 12606 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 12607 // to perform. 12608 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 12609 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 12610 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 12611 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 12612 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 12613 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 12614 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 12615 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 12616 12617 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 12618 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 12619 // declaration in the same group. 12620 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 12621 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 12622 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 12623 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12624 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12625 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 12626 } 12627 12628 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 12629 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 12630 // declarator in the same group. 12631 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 12632 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 12633 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 12634 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 12635 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 12636 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12637 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12638 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 12639 } 12640 } 12641 } 12642 12643 Decls.push_back(D); 12644 } 12645 } 12646 12647 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 12648 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 12649 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 12650 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 12651 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12652 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 12653 } 12654 } 12655 12656 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 12657 } 12658 12659 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 12660 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 12661 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 12662 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12663 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 12664 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 12665 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 12666 if (Group.size() > 1) { 12667 QualType Deduced; 12668 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 12669 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12670 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 12671 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 12672 break; 12673 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 12674 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 12675 continue; 12676 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 12677 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 12678 DeducedDecl = D; 12679 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 12680 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 12681 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 12682 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 12683 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 12684 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 12685 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 12686 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 12687 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 12688 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12689 break; 12690 } 12691 } 12692 } 12693 12694 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 12695 12696 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 12697 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 12698 } 12699 12700 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 12701 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 12702 } 12703 12704 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12705 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 12706 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 12707 return; 12708 12709 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 12710 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 12711 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 12712 Group[0]->getLocation())) 12713 return; 12714 12715 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 12716 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 12717 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 12718 // additional declaration references: 12719 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 12720 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 12721 // 'struct S *pS;' 12722 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 12723 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 12724 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 12725 Group = Group.slice(1); 12726 } 12727 } 12728 12729 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 12730 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 12731 if (!Comments.empty() && 12732 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 12733 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 12734 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 12735 // 12736 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 12737 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 12738 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 12739 // ahead through comments. 12740 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 12741 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 12742 } 12743 } 12744 12745 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function 12746 /// parameters and non-type template parameters. 12747 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 12748 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 12749 // parameter. 12750 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12751 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12752 12753 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 12754 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 12755 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 12756 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 12757 } 12758 12759 // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a 12760 // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...]. 12761 switch (D.getName().getKind()) { 12762 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 12763 break; 12764 12765 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 12766 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: 12767 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 12768 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: 12769 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: 12770 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 12771 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: 12772 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 12773 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 12774 break; 12775 12776 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: 12777 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: 12778 // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case. 12779 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id); 12780 break; 12781 } 12782 } 12783 12784 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 12785 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 12786 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 12787 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 12788 12789 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 12790 12791 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 12792 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 12793 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 12794 SC = SC_Register; 12795 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 12796 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 12797 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12798 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12799 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 12800 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 12801 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 12802 } 12803 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12804 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 12805 SC = SC_Auto; 12806 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 12807 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12808 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 12809 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 12810 } 12811 12812 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12813 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 12814 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12815 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 12816 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 12817 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 12818 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) 12819 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 12820 << 0 << (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier() == CSK_consteval); 12821 12822 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 12823 12824 CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D); 12825 12826 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12827 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 12828 12829 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 12830 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12831 if (II) { 12832 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 12833 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 12834 LookupName(R, S); 12835 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 12836 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 12837 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12838 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12839 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12840 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12841 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12842 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12843 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 12844 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12845 12846 // Recover by removing the name 12847 II = nullptr; 12848 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 12849 D.setInvalidType(true); 12850 } 12851 } 12852 } 12853 12854 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 12855 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 12856 // looking like class members in C++. 12857 ParmVarDecl *New = 12858 CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(), 12859 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC); 12860 12861 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12862 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12863 12864 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 12865 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 12866 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 12867 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 12868 12869 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 12870 S->AddDecl(New); 12871 if (II) 12872 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 12873 12874 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 12875 12876 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12877 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12878 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 12879 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12880 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12881 12882 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 12883 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 12884 } 12885 return New; 12886 } 12887 12888 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 12889 /// typedef. 12890 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 12891 SourceLocation Loc, 12892 QualType T) { 12893 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 12894 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 12895 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 12896 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 12897 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 12898 SC_None, nullptr); 12899 Param->setImplicit(); 12900 return Param; 12901 } 12902 12903 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 12904 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 12905 // will already have done so in the template itself. 12906 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 12907 return; 12908 12909 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12910 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 12911 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 12912 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 12913 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 12914 } 12915 } 12916 } 12917 12918 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 12919 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 12920 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 12921 return; 12922 12923 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12924 // threshold. 12925 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 12926 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 12927 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12928 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 12929 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 12930 } 12931 12932 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12933 // threshold. 12934 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12935 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 12936 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 12937 continue; 12938 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 12939 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12940 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 12941 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 12942 } 12943 } 12944 12945 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 12946 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 12947 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 12948 StorageClass SC) { 12949 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 12950 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 12951 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 12952 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 12953 12954 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 12955 12956 // Special cases for arrays: 12957 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 12958 // - otherwise, it's an error 12959 if (T->isArrayType()) { 12960 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 12961 if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) 12962 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 12963 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 12964 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 12965 else 12966 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 12967 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 12968 } 12969 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 12970 } else { 12971 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 12972 } 12973 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 12974 } 12975 12976 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 12977 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 12978 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 12979 12980 if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 12981 New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 12982 checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(), 12983 NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 12984 12985 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 12986 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 12987 // the class has been completely parsed. 12988 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 12989 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12990 AbstractParamType)) 12991 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12992 12993 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 12994 // passed by reference. 12995 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 12996 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 12997 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); 12998 Diag(NameLoc, 12999 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 13000 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 13001 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 13002 New->setType(T); 13003 } 13004 13005 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 13006 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 13007 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 13008 // an address space. 13009 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 13010 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 13011 // to be qualified with an address space. 13012 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 13013 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 13014 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 13015 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13016 } 13017 13018 return New; 13019 } 13020 13021 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 13022 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 13023 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 13024 13025 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 13026 // for a K&R function. 13027 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 13028 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 13029 --i; 13030 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 13031 SmallString<256> Code; 13032 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 13033 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 13034 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 13035 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 13036 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 13037 13038 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 13039 // type. 13040 AttributeFactory attrs; 13041 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 13042 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 13043 unsigned DiagID; // unused 13044 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 13045 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 13046 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 13047 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13048 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13049 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext); 13050 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13051 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 13052 } 13053 } 13054 } 13055 } 13056 13057 Decl * 13058 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 13059 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13060 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13061 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 13062 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 13063 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 13064 13065 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 13066 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 13067 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 13068 } 13069 13070 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 13071 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 13072 } 13073 13074 static bool 13075 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 13076 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) { 13077 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 13078 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 13079 return false; 13080 13081 // Or declarations that aren't global. 13082 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 13083 return false; 13084 13085 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 13086 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 13087 return false; 13088 13089 // Don't warn about 'main'. 13090 if (FD->isMain()) 13091 return false; 13092 13093 // Don't warn about inline functions. 13094 if (FD->isInlined()) 13095 return false; 13096 13097 // Don't warn about function templates. 13098 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 13099 return false; 13100 13101 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 13102 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 13103 return false; 13104 13105 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 13106 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 13107 return false; 13108 13109 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 13110 if (FD->isDeleted()) 13111 return false; 13112 13113 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 13114 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 13115 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 13116 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 13117 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13118 continue; 13119 13120 PossiblePrototype = Prev; 13121 return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType(); 13122 } 13123 13124 return true; 13125 } 13126 13127 void 13128 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 13129 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 13130 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13131 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 13132 if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) { 13133 // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not 13134 // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see 13135 // [temp.inst]p2: 13136 // 13137 // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration 13138 // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that 13139 // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a 13140 // definition. 13141 // 13142 // The following code must produce redefinition error: 13143 // 13144 // template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} }; 13145 // C20<int> c20i; 13146 // void func_20() {} 13147 // 13148 for (auto I : FD->redecls()) { 13149 if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() && 13150 I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 13151 if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 13152 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 13153 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 13154 // the same class, is OK. 13155 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) && 13156 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()), 13157 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 13158 continue; 13159 } 13160 13161 if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13162 Definition = I; 13163 break; 13164 } 13165 } 13166 } 13167 } 13168 } 13169 13170 if (!Definition) 13171 // Similar to friend functions a friend function template may be a 13172 // definition and do not have a body if it is instantiated in a class 13173 // template. 13174 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 13175 for (auto I : FTD->redecls()) { 13176 auto D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(I); 13177 if (D != FTD) { 13178 assert(!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13179 "More than one definition in redeclaration chain"); 13180 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) 13181 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FT = 13182 D->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 13183 if (FT->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13184 Definition = D->getTemplatedDecl(); 13185 break; 13186 } 13187 } 13188 } 13189 } 13190 } 13191 13192 if (!Definition) 13193 return; 13194 13195 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 13196 return; 13197 13198 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 13199 // definition. 13200 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 13201 return; 13202 13203 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 13204 // a template, skip the new definition. 13205 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 13206 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 13207 Definition->isInlined() || 13208 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 13209 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 13210 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13211 SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition); 13212 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 13213 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 13214 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 13215 return; 13216 } 13217 13218 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 13219 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 13220 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 13221 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13222 else 13223 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 13224 13225 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13226 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13227 } 13228 13229 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 13230 Sema &S) { 13231 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 13232 13233 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 13234 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 13235 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 13236 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 13237 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 13238 13239 if (LCD == LCD_None) 13240 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 13241 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 13242 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 13243 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 13244 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 13245 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 13246 13247 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 13248 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 13249 13250 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 13251 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 13252 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 13253 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 13254 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 13255 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 13256 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 13257 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 13258 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 13259 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 13260 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 13261 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 13262 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 13263 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 13264 CaptureType, /*Invalid*/false); 13265 13266 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 13267 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(), 13268 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 13269 } else { 13270 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(), 13271 I->getType()); 13272 } 13273 ++I; 13274 } 13275 } 13276 13277 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 13278 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13279 if (!D) { 13280 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 13281 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 13282 PushFunctionScope(); 13283 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 13284 return D; 13285 } 13286 13287 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 13288 13289 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 13290 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 13291 else 13292 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 13293 13294 // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building 13295 // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(). 13296 if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) 13297 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 13298 13299 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 13300 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 13301 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 13302 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 13303 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13304 } 13305 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 13306 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 13307 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 13308 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13309 } 13310 13311 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 13312 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 13313 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 13314 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 13315 13316 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 13317 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 13318 return D; 13319 } 13320 13321 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 13322 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 13323 // this function. 13324 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 13325 13326 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 13327 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 13328 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 13329 // LambdaScopeInfo. 13330 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 13331 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 13332 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 13333 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 13334 // have the LSI properly restored. 13335 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 13336 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 13337 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 13338 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 13339 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 13340 } else { 13341 // Enter a new function scope 13342 PushFunctionScope(); 13343 } 13344 13345 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 13346 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 13347 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 13348 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 13349 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 13350 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13351 } 13352 } 13353 13354 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 13355 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 13356 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 13357 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 13358 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 13359 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 13360 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 13361 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13362 13363 if (FnBodyScope) 13364 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 13365 13366 // Check the validity of our function parameters 13367 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 13368 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 13369 13370 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 13371 // scope. 13372 if (FnBodyScope) { 13373 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 13374 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 13375 if (!NonParmDecl) 13376 continue; 13377 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 13378 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 13379 13380 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 13381 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 13382 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 13383 13384 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 13385 // accessible in this scope. 13386 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 13387 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 13388 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 13389 } 13390 } 13391 } 13392 13393 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 13394 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 13395 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 13396 13397 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13398 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 13399 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 13400 13401 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 13402 } 13403 } 13404 13405 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 13406 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 13407 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 13408 13409 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 13410 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 13411 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 13412 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 13413 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 13414 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13415 return D; 13416 } 13417 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 13418 // a function template). 13419 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 13420 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13421 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 13422 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 13423 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 13424 13425 return D; 13426 } 13427 13428 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 13429 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 13430 /// optimization. 13431 /// 13432 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 13433 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 13434 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 13435 /// use the named return value optimization. 13436 /// 13437 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 13438 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 13439 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 13440 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 13441 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 13442 13443 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 13444 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 13445 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 13446 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 13447 } 13448 } 13449 } 13450 13451 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 13452 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 13453 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 13454 return false; 13455 13456 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 13457 // return type (yet). 13458 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 13459 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 13460 // we can still delay parsing it. 13461 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 13462 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 13463 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 13464 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 13465 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 13466 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 13467 } 13468 } 13469 return false; 13470 } 13471 13472 return true; 13473 } 13474 13475 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 13476 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 13477 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 13478 // rest of the file. 13479 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 13480 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 13481 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 13482 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 13483 return false; 13484 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 13485 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 13486 // "undeduced". 13487 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 13488 return false; 13489 } 13490 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 13491 } 13492 13493 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 13494 if (!Decl) 13495 return nullptr; 13496 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 13497 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13498 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 13499 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13500 return Decl; 13501 } 13502 13503 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 13504 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 13505 } 13506 13507 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function 13508 /// body. 13509 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII { 13510 public: 13511 ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {} 13512 ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() { 13513 if (!IsLambda) 13514 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 13515 } 13516 13517 private: 13518 Sema &S; 13519 bool IsLambda = false; 13520 }; 13521 13522 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) { 13523 llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo; 13524 13525 auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) { 13526 if (EscapeInfo.count(BD)) 13527 return EscapeInfo[BD]; 13528 13529 bool R = false; 13530 const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD; 13531 13532 do { 13533 R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape(); 13534 if (R) 13535 break; 13536 CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl(); 13537 } while (CurBD); 13538 13539 return EscapeInfo[BD] = R; 13540 }; 13541 13542 // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping 13543 // block, emit a diagnostic. 13544 for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P : 13545 S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs) 13546 if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second)) 13547 S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self) 13548 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->"); 13549 } 13550 13551 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 13552 bool IsInstantiation) { 13553 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 13554 13555 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 13556 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 13557 13558 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 13559 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 13560 13561 // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one 13562 // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is 13563 // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(). 13564 ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD)); 13565 13566 if (FD) { 13567 FD->setBody(Body); 13568 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 13569 13570 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 13571 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 13572 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 13573 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 13574 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 13575 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 13576 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 13577 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 13578 << FD->getReturnType(); 13579 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13580 } else { 13581 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 13582 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 13583 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 13584 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 13585 } 13586 } 13587 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 13588 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 13589 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 13590 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 13591 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 13592 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 13593 13594 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 13595 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 13596 // [the deduced type is] the type void 13597 QualType RetType = 13598 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 13599 13600 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 13601 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 13602 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13603 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 13604 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 13605 } 13606 } 13607 13608 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 13609 // don't complain about missing return statements. 13610 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 13611 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 13612 13613 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 13614 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 13615 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 13616 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 13617 13618 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13619 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 13620 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody()) 13621 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 13622 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 13623 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 13624 13625 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 13626 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 13627 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 13628 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 13629 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 13630 13631 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 13632 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 13633 // to deduce an implicit return type. 13634 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 13635 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 13636 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13637 } 13638 13639 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 13640 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 13641 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 13642 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 13643 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 13644 const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr; 13645 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) { 13646 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 13647 13648 if (PossiblePrototype) { 13649 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 13650 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 13651 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 13652 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13653 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 13654 Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(), 13655 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 13656 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0) 13657 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0 13658 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void") 13659 : FixItHint{}); 13660 } 13661 } else { 13662 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 13663 << /* function */ 1 13664 << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None 13665 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 13666 "static ") 13667 : FixItHint{}); 13668 } 13669 13670 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 13671 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 13672 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 13673 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 13674 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 13675 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 13676 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 13677 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 13678 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 13679 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 13680 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 13681 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 13682 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 13683 } 13684 } 13685 13686 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. 13687 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) 13688 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) 13689 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) 13690 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(), 13691 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); 13692 13693 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 13694 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 13695 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 13696 MD->isVirtual() && 13697 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 13698 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 13699 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 13700 if (FD->isInlined() && 13701 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 13702 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 13703 13704 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 13705 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 13706 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 13707 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 13708 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 13709 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 13710 } else { 13711 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 13712 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 13713 } 13714 } 13715 } 13716 13717 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 13718 "Function parsing confused"); 13719 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 13720 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 13721 MD->setBody(Body); 13722 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13723 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 13724 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 13725 13726 if (Body) 13727 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13728 } 13729 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 13730 Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 13731 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 13732 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 13733 } 13734 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 13735 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 13736 bool isDesignated = 13737 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 13738 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 13739 (void)isDesignated; 13740 13741 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 13742 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 13743 if (!IFace) 13744 return false; 13745 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 13746 if (!SuperD) 13747 return false; 13748 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 13749 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 13750 }; 13751 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 13752 // of NSObject. 13753 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 13754 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 13755 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 13756 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 13757 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 13758 } 13759 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 13760 } 13761 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 13762 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 13763 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 13764 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 13765 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 13766 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 13767 } 13768 13769 diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this); 13770 } else { 13771 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 13772 // we pushed on. 13773 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 13774 return nullptr; 13775 } 13776 13777 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 13778 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 13779 13780 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 13781 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 13782 "handled in the block above."); 13783 13784 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 13785 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 13786 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 13787 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 13788 // Verify this. 13789 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 13790 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 13791 13792 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 13793 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 13794 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 13795 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 13796 13797 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 13798 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 13799 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 13800 13801 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 13802 Destructor->getParent()); 13803 } 13804 13805 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 13806 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 13807 // deletion in some later function. 13808 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 13809 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 13810 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 13811 } 13812 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 13813 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 13814 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 13815 // enabled. 13816 ActivePolicy = &WP; 13817 } 13818 13819 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 13820 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 13821 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 13822 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13823 13824 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 13825 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 13826 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 13827 // require prologue. 13828 bool RegisterVariables = false; 13829 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 13830 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 13831 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 13832 RegisterVariables = 13833 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 13834 if (!RegisterVariables) 13835 break; 13836 } 13837 } 13838 } 13839 if (RegisterVariables) 13840 continue; 13841 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 13842 Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 13843 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 13844 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13845 break; 13846 } 13847 } 13848 } 13849 13850 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 13851 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 13852 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 13853 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 13854 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 13855 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 13856 } 13857 13858 if (!IsInstantiation) 13859 PopDeclContext(); 13860 13861 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 13862 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 13863 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 13864 // deletion in some later function. 13865 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 13866 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 13867 } 13868 13869 return dcl; 13870 } 13871 13872 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 13873 /// relevant Decl. 13874 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 13875 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 13876 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 13877 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 13878 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 13879 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); 13880 13881 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 13882 if (Method->isStatic()) 13883 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 13884 } 13885 13886 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 13887 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 13888 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 13889 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 13890 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 13891 // DeclContext. 13892 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 13893 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 13894 // instead. 13895 Scope *BlockScope = S; 13896 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 13897 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 13898 13899 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 13900 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 13901 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 13902 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 13903 13904 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 13905 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 13906 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 13907 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 13908 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 13909 if (ExternCPrev) { 13910 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 13911 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 13912 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 13913 13914 // C89 footnote 38: 13915 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 13916 // the behavior is undefined. 13917 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 13918 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 13919 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 13920 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 13921 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 13922 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 13923 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13924 return ExternCPrev; 13925 } 13926 } 13927 13928 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 13929 unsigned diag_id; 13930 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 13931 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 13932 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 13933 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13934 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 13935 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 13936 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 13937 else 13938 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 13939 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 13940 13941 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 13942 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 13943 // more to do. 13944 if (ExternCPrev) 13945 return ExternCPrev; 13946 13947 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 13948 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 13949 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 13950 TypoCorrection Corrected; 13951 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{}; 13952 if (S && (Corrected = 13953 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, 13954 S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError))) 13955 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 13956 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 13957 } 13958 13959 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 13960 const char *Dummy; 13961 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 13962 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 13963 unsigned DiagID; 13964 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 13965 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 13966 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 13967 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 13968 SourceLocation NoLoc; 13969 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext); 13970 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 13971 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 13972 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13973 /*Params=*/nullptr, 13974 /*NumParams=*/0, 13975 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 13976 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13977 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 13978 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13979 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, 13980 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 13981 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 13982 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 13983 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 13984 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 13985 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 13986 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, 13987 Loc, D), 13988 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); 13989 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 13990 13991 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 13992 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 13993 FD->setImplicit(); 13994 13995 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 13996 13997 return FD; 13998 } 13999 14000 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 14001 /// the declaration of this function. 14002 /// 14003 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 14004 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 14005 /// like NSLog or printf. 14006 /// 14007 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 14008 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 14009 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 14010 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 14011 return; 14012 14013 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 14014 // actual attributes. 14015 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 14016 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 14017 unsigned FormatIdx; 14018 bool HasVAListArg; 14019 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 14020 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 14021 const char *fmt = "printf"; 14022 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 14023 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 14024 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 14025 fmt = "NSString"; 14026 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14027 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 14028 FormatIdx+1, 14029 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 14030 FD->getLocation())); 14031 } 14032 } 14033 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 14034 HasVAListArg)) { 14035 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 14036 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14037 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 14038 FormatIdx+1, 14039 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 14040 FD->getLocation())); 14041 } 14042 14043 // Handle automatically recognized callbacks. 14044 SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding; 14045 if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() && 14046 Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding)) 14047 FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit( 14048 Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation())); 14049 14050 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 14051 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 14052 // intrinsics for such functions. 14053 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 14054 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 14055 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14056 14057 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set 14058 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 14059 // C standard. 14060 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 14061 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 14062 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 14063 switch (BuiltinID) { 14064 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 14065 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 14066 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 14067 case Builtin::BIfma: 14068 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 14069 case Builtin::BIfmal: 14070 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14071 break; 14072 default: 14073 break; 14074 } 14075 } 14076 14077 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 14078 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 14079 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14080 FD->getLocation())); 14081 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 14082 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14083 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 14084 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14085 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 14086 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14087 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 14088 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 14089 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 14090 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 14091 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 14092 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 14093 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 14094 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14095 else 14096 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14097 } 14098 } 14099 14100 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 14101 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 14102 // across. 14103 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 14104 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 14105 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 14106 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 14107 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14108 } 14109 14110 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 14111 if (!Name) 14112 return; 14113 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14114 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 14115 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 14116 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 14117 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 14118 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 14119 // about. 14120 } else 14121 return; 14122 14123 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 14124 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 14125 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 14126 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 14127 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14128 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 14129 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 14130 FD->getLocation())); 14131 } 14132 14133 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 14134 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 14135 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 14136 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 14137 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 14138 FD->getLocation())); 14139 } 14140 } 14141 14142 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 14143 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 14144 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 14145 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 14146 14147 if (!TInfo) { 14148 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 14149 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 14150 } 14151 14152 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 14153 TypedefDecl *NewTD = 14154 TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(), 14155 D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo); 14156 14157 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 14158 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 14159 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 14160 return NewTD; 14161 } 14162 14163 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 14164 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14165 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 14166 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 14167 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 14168 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 14169 else 14170 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 14171 } 14172 14173 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 14174 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 14175 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 14176 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 14177 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 14178 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 14179 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 14180 case TST_enum: 14181 case TST_struct: 14182 case TST_interface: 14183 case TST_union: 14184 case TST_class: { 14185 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 14186 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 14187 break; 14188 } 14189 14190 default: 14191 break; 14192 } 14193 14194 return NewTD; 14195 } 14196 14197 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 14198 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 14199 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 14200 QualType T = TI->getType(); 14201 14202 if (T->isDependentType()) 14203 return false; 14204 14205 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 14206 if (BT->isInteger()) 14207 return false; 14208 14209 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 14210 return true; 14211 } 14212 14213 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 14214 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 14215 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 14216 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 14217 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 14218 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 14219 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 14220 << Prev->isScoped(); 14221 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14222 return true; 14223 } 14224 14225 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 14226 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 14227 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 14228 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 14229 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 14230 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 14231 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 14232 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 14233 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 14234 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 14235 return true; 14236 } 14237 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 14238 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 14239 << Prev->isFixed(); 14240 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14241 return true; 14242 } 14243 14244 return false; 14245 } 14246 14247 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 14248 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 14249 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 14250 /// 14251 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 14252 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 14253 switch (Tag) { 14254 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 14255 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 14256 case TTK_Class: return 2; 14257 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 14258 } 14259 } 14260 14261 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 14262 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 14263 /// 14264 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 14265 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 14266 { 14267 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 14268 } 14269 14270 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 14271 TagTypeKind TTK) { 14272 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14273 return NTK_Typedef; 14274 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14275 return NTK_TypeAlias; 14276 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14277 return NTK_Template; 14278 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14279 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 14280 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14281 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 14282 switch (TTK) { 14283 case TTK_Struct: 14284 case TTK_Interface: 14285 case TTK_Class: 14286 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 14287 case TTK_Union: 14288 return NTK_NonUnion; 14289 case TTK_Enum: 14290 return NTK_NonEnum; 14291 } 14292 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 14293 } 14294 14295 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 14296 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 14297 /// 14298 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 14299 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 14300 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 14301 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 14302 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 14303 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 14304 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 14305 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 14306 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 14307 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 14308 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 14309 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 14310 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 14311 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 14312 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 14313 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 14314 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 14315 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 14316 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 14317 if (OldTag != NewTag && 14318 !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))) 14319 return false; 14320 14321 // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags. 14322 // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point. 14323 if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 14324 return true; 14325 14326 // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored 14327 // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg) 14328 // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if 14329 // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched 14330 // declarations. 14331 auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) { 14332 return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch, 14333 Loc); 14334 }; 14335 if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc)) 14336 return true; 14337 14338 auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) { 14339 return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation()); 14340 }; 14341 while (IsIgnored(Previous)) { 14342 Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl(); 14343 if (!Previous) 14344 return true; 14345 OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 14346 } 14347 14348 bool isTemplate = false; 14349 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 14350 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 14351 14352 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 14353 if (OldTag != NewTag) { 14354 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 14355 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 14356 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 14357 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14358 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 14359 // FIXME: Note previous location? 14360 } 14361 return true; 14362 } 14363 14364 if (isDefinition) { 14365 // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 14366 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 14367 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 14368 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 14369 return true; 14370 } 14371 14372 bool previousMismatch = false; 14373 for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) { 14374 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 14375 // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled. 14376 if (IsIgnored(I)) 14377 continue; 14378 14379 if (!previousMismatch) { 14380 previousMismatch = true; 14381 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 14382 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14383 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 14384 } 14385 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 14386 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 14387 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 14388 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 14389 } 14390 } 14391 return true; 14392 } 14393 14394 // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if 14395 // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior 14396 // (non-ignored) declaration. 14397 const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition(); 14398 if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef)) 14399 PrevDef = nullptr; 14400 const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous; 14401 if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 14402 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 14403 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14404 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 14405 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 14406 14407 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 14408 if (PrevDef) { 14409 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 14410 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 14411 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 14412 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 14413 } 14414 } 14415 14416 return true; 14417 } 14418 14419 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 14420 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 14421 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 14422 /// namespace N { 14423 /// struct X; 14424 /// namespace M { 14425 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 14426 /// } 14427 /// } 14428 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 14429 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14430 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 14431 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 14432 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 14433 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 14434 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14435 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 14436 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 14437 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 14438 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 14439 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 14440 return FixItHint(); 14441 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 14442 Namespaces.push_back(II); 14443 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 14444 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 14445 if (Lookup == Namespace) 14446 break; 14447 } 14448 14449 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 14450 // build an NNS. 14451 SmallString<64> Insertion; 14452 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 14453 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 14454 OS << "::"; 14455 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 14456 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 14457 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 14458 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 14459 } 14460 14461 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 14462 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 14463 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 14464 /// using-declaration). 14465 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 14466 DeclContext *NewDC) { 14467 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 14468 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 14469 14470 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 14471 return true; 14472 14473 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 14474 // encloses the other). 14475 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 14476 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 14477 return true; 14478 14479 return false; 14480 } 14481 14482 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 14483 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 14484 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 14485 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 14486 /// 14487 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 14488 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 14489 /// 14490 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 14491 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 14492 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 14493 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 14494 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 14495 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, 14496 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 14497 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 14498 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 14499 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 14500 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 14501 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 14502 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14503 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 14504 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 14505 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 14506 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 14507 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 14508 14509 OwnedDecl = false; 14510 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 14511 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 14512 14513 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 14514 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 14515 bool Invalid = false; 14516 14517 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 14518 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 14519 // for non-C++ cases. 14520 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 14521 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 14522 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 14523 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 14524 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 14525 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 14526 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14527 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 14528 return nullptr; 14529 } 14530 14531 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 14532 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 14533 // be a member of another template). 14534 14535 if (Invalid) 14536 return nullptr; 14537 14538 OwnedDecl = false; 14539 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( 14540 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, 14541 AS, ModulePrivateLoc, 14542 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 14543 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); 14544 return Result.get(); 14545 } else { 14546 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 14547 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 14548 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 14549 isMemberSpecialization = true; 14550 } 14551 } 14552 } 14553 14554 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 14555 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 14556 // redeclaration. 14557 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 14558 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 14559 14560 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14561 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 14562 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 14563 // type, default to int. 14564 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14565 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 14566 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 14567 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 14568 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 14569 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 14570 EnumUnderlying = TI; 14571 14572 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 14573 // Recover by falling back to int. 14574 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14575 14576 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 14577 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 14578 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14579 14580 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 14581 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 14582 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 14583 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 14584 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 14585 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14586 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14587 } 14588 } 14589 14590 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 14591 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 14592 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 14593 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 14594 14595 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 14596 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 14597 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 14598 14599 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 14600 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 14601 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 14602 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 14603 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 14604 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14605 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14606 // keyword. 14607 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14608 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 14609 14610 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14611 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 14612 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14613 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 14614 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 14615 return nullptr; 14616 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14617 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14618 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 14619 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14620 else 14621 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 14622 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14623 } 14624 } else { // struct/union 14625 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14626 nullptr); 14627 } 14628 14629 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14630 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 14631 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14632 // 14633 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14634 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14635 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14636 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14637 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14638 // parsing of the struct). 14639 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 14640 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14641 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14642 } 14643 } 14644 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14645 return New; 14646 }; 14647 14648 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 14649 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14650 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 14651 14652 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 14653 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 14654 Name = nullptr; 14655 goto CreateNewDecl; 14656 } 14657 14658 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 14659 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 14660 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 14661 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 14662 if (!DC) { 14663 IsDependent = true; 14664 return nullptr; 14665 } 14666 } else { 14667 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 14668 if (!DC) { 14669 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 14670 << SS.getRange(); 14671 return nullptr; 14672 } 14673 } 14674 14675 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 14676 return nullptr; 14677 14678 SearchDC = DC; 14679 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 14680 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 14681 14682 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 14683 return nullptr; 14684 14685 if (Previous.empty()) { 14686 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 14687 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 14688 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 14689 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 14690 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 14691 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 14692 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 14693 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 14694 IsDependent = true; 14695 return nullptr; 14696 } 14697 14698 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 14699 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 14700 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 14701 Name = nullptr; 14702 Invalid = true; 14703 goto CreateNewDecl; 14704 } 14705 } else if (Name) { 14706 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 14707 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 14708 // name different from T: 14709 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 14710 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 14711 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 14712 return nullptr; 14713 14714 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 14715 // declaration or definition. 14716 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 14717 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 14718 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 14719 LookupName(Previous, S); 14720 14721 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 14722 // by types using'ed into this scope. 14723 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 14724 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 14725 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 14726 while (F.hasNext()) { 14727 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 14728 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 14729 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 14730 F.erase(); 14731 } 14732 F.done(); 14733 } 14734 14735 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 14736 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 14737 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 14738 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 14739 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 14740 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 14741 // 14742 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 14743 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 14744 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 14745 // 14746 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 14747 // semantic context? 14748 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14749 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 14750 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 14751 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 14752 while (F.hasNext()) { 14753 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 14754 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14755 if (DC->isFileContext() && 14756 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 14757 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14758 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 14759 else 14760 F.erase(); 14761 } 14762 } 14763 F.done(); 14764 14765 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 14766 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 14767 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 14768 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 14769 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 14770 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 14771 } 14772 } 14773 14774 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 14775 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 14776 return nullptr; 14777 14778 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 14779 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 14780 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 14781 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 14782 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 14783 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 14784 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 14785 } 14786 } 14787 14788 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 14789 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 14790 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14791 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 14792 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14793 Previous.clear(); 14794 } 14795 14796 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 14797 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 14798 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 14799 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 14800 isStdBadAlloc = true; 14801 14802 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 14803 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 14804 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 14805 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 14806 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 14807 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 14808 isStdAlignValT = true; 14809 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 14810 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 14811 } 14812 } 14813 14814 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 14815 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 14816 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 14817 // there's a shadow friend decl. 14818 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 14819 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 14820 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 14821 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 14822 14823 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 14824 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 14825 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 14826 // 14827 // class-key identifier 14828 // 14829 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 14830 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 14831 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 14832 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 14833 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 14834 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 14835 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 14836 // declaration. 14837 // 14838 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 14839 // C structs and unions. 14840 // 14841 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 14842 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 14843 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 14844 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 14845 // 14846 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 14847 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 14848 // 14849 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 14850 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 14851 // lexical context, 14852 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 14853 14854 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 14855 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 14856 } else { 14857 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 14858 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 14859 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 14860 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 14861 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 14862 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 14863 } 14864 14865 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 14866 // diagnose some problems. 14867 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 14868 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 14869 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 14870 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 14871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14872 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 14873 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 14874 } else { 14875 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 14876 LookupName(Previous, S); 14877 } 14878 } 14879 14880 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 14881 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 14882 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 14883 14884 if (!Previous.empty()) { 14885 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 14886 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14887 14888 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 14889 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 14890 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 14891 // in C++. 14892 // 14893 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 14894 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 14895 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 14896 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 14897 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14898 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14899 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 14900 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 14901 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 14902 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 14903 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 14904 PrevDecl = Tag; 14905 Previous.clear(); 14906 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 14907 Previous.resolveKind(); 14908 } 14909 } 14910 } 14911 } 14912 14913 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 14914 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 14915 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 14916 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 14917 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 14918 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 14919 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 14920 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 14921 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 14922 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 14923 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 14924 diag::note_using_decl_target); 14925 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 14926 << 0; 14927 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 14928 Previous.clear(); 14929 goto CreateNewDecl; 14930 } 14931 } 14932 14933 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14934 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 14935 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 14936 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 14937 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 14938 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 14939 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 14940 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 14941 // struct or something similar. 14942 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 14943 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 14944 Name)) { 14945 bool SafeToContinue 14946 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 14947 Kind != TTK_Enum); 14948 if (SafeToContinue) 14949 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 14950 << Name 14951 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 14952 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 14953 else 14954 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 14955 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 14956 14957 if (SafeToContinue) 14958 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 14959 else { 14960 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 14961 Name = nullptr; 14962 Previous.clear(); 14963 Invalid = true; 14964 } 14965 } 14966 14967 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 14968 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 14969 14970 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 14971 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 14972 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14973 if (ScopedEnum) 14974 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 14975 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 14976 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 14977 return PrevTagDecl; 14978 } 14979 14980 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 14981 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 14982 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 14983 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 14984 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 14985 14986 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 14987 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 14988 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 14989 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 14990 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 14991 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 14992 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 14993 } 14994 14995 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 14996 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 14997 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 14998 // and then later defined. 14999 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 15000 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 15001 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 15002 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15003 } 15004 15005 if (!Invalid) { 15006 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 15007 // we have attributes. 15008 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15009 if (!Attrs.empty()) { 15010 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 15011 // declaration to hold them. 15012 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 15013 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 15014 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 15015 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 15016 SS.isEmpty()) { 15017 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 15018 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 15019 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 15020 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 15021 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 15022 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 15023 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 15024 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 15025 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 15026 return PrevTagDecl; 15027 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 15028 // that scope. 15029 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 15030 } else { 15031 return PrevTagDecl; 15032 } 15033 } 15034 15035 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 15036 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 15037 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 15038 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 15039 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 15040 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 15041 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 15042 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 15043 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 15044 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 15045 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 15046 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 15047 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 15048 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 15049 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 15050 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 15051 } 15052 15053 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 15054 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 15055 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 15056 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 15057 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 15058 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 15059 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 15060 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 15061 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 15062 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 15063 // use it in place of this one. 15064 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15065 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 15066 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 15067 // comparison. 15068 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 15069 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 15070 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 15071 return Def; 15072 } else { 15073 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 15074 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 15075 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 15076 // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll 15077 // skip starting the definitiion later. 15078 } 15079 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 15080 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 15081 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 15082 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 15083 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 15084 else 15085 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 15086 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 15087 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 15088 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 15089 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 15090 // references get the previous definition. 15091 Name = nullptr; 15092 Previous.clear(); 15093 Invalid = true; 15094 } 15095 } else { 15096 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 15097 // about a nested redefinition. 15098 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 15099 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 15100 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 15101 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 15102 diag::note_previous_definition); 15103 Name = nullptr; 15104 Previous.clear(); 15105 Invalid = true; 15106 } 15107 } 15108 15109 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 15110 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 15111 } 15112 15113 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 15114 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 15115 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 15116 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 15117 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 15118 AS = AS_none; 15119 } 15120 } 15121 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 15122 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 15123 15124 } else { 15125 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 15126 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 15127 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 15128 // have distinct types. 15129 Previous.clear(); 15130 } 15131 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 15132 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 15133 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 15134 15135 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 15136 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 15137 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 15138 } else { 15139 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 15140 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 15141 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 15142 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 15143 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 15144 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 15145 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 15146 << Kind; 15147 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 15148 Invalid = true; 15149 15150 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 15151 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 15152 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 15153 // do nothing 15154 15155 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 15156 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15157 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 15158 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 15159 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 15160 Invalid = true; 15161 15162 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 15163 // case here. 15164 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15165 unsigned Kind = 0; 15166 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 15167 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 15168 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 15169 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 15170 Invalid = true; 15171 15172 // Otherwise, diagnose. 15173 } else { 15174 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 15175 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 15176 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 15177 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 15178 Name = nullptr; 15179 Invalid = true; 15180 } 15181 15182 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 15183 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 15184 Previous.clear(); 15185 } 15186 } 15187 15188 CreateNewDecl: 15189 15190 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 15191 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 15192 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 15193 15194 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 15195 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 15196 // keyword. 15197 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 15198 15199 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 15200 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 15201 // PrevDecl. 15202 TagDecl *New; 15203 15204 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15205 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 15206 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 15207 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15208 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 15209 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 15210 15211 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 15212 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 15213 15214 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 15215 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 15216 TagDecl *Def; 15217 if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 15218 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 15219 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 15220 } 15221 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 15222 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 15223 << New; 15224 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15225 } else { 15226 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 15227 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15228 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 15229 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15230 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 15231 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 15232 } 15233 } 15234 15235 if (EnumUnderlying) { 15236 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 15237 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 15238 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 15239 else 15240 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 15241 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 15242 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 15243 } 15244 } else { 15245 // struct/union/class 15246 15247 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 15248 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 15249 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15250 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 15251 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15252 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 15253 15254 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 15255 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 15256 } else 15257 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15258 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 15259 } 15260 15261 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 15262 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 15263 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 15264 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 15265 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 15266 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15267 Invalid = true; 15268 } 15269 15270 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 15271 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 15272 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 15273 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15274 Invalid = true; 15275 } 15276 15277 // Maybe add qualifier info. 15278 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 15279 if (SS.isSet()) { 15280 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 15281 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 15282 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 15283 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 15284 isMemberSpecialization)) 15285 Invalid = true; 15286 15287 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 15288 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 15289 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 15290 } 15291 } 15292 else 15293 Invalid = true; 15294 } 15295 15296 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 15297 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 15298 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 15299 // 15300 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 15301 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 15302 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 15303 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 15304 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 15305 // parsing of the struct). 15306 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 15307 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 15308 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 15309 } 15310 } 15311 15312 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 15313 if (isMemberSpecialization) 15314 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 15315 << 2 15316 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 15317 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 15318 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 15319 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 15320 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 15321 New->setModulePrivate(); 15322 } 15323 15324 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 15325 // check the specialization. 15326 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 15327 Invalid = true; 15328 15329 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 15330 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 15331 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 15332 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 15333 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 15334 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15335 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 15336 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 15337 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 15338 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 15339 << Name; 15340 Invalid = true; 15341 } 15342 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 15343 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15344 } 15345 } 15346 15347 if (Invalid) 15348 New->setInvalidDecl(); 15349 15350 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 15351 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 15352 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 15353 15354 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 15355 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 15356 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 15357 // the tag name visible. 15358 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 15359 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 15360 15361 // Set the access specifier. 15362 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 15363 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 15364 15365 if (PrevDecl) 15366 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 15367 15368 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) 15369 New->startDefinition(); 15370 15371 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 15372 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15373 15374 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 15375 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15376 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 15377 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 15378 if (PrevDecl) 15379 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 15380 15381 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15382 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 15383 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 15384 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 15385 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 15386 } else if (Name) { 15387 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15388 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 15389 } else { 15390 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15391 } 15392 15393 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 15394 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 15395 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 15396 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 15397 II->isStr("FILE")) 15398 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 15399 15400 if (PrevDecl) 15401 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 15402 15403 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 15404 // record. 15405 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 15406 15407 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 15408 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 15409 15410 OwnedDecl = true; 15411 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 15412 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 15413 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15414 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 15415 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 15416 RD->completeDefinition(); 15417 return nullptr; 15418 } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) { 15419 return SkipBody->Previous; 15420 } else { 15421 return New; 15422 } 15423 } 15424 15425 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 15426 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15427 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15428 15429 // Enter the tag context. 15430 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 15431 15432 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 15433 15434 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 15435 // record. 15436 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 15437 } 15438 15439 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 15440 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 15441 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 15442 return false; 15443 15444 // Make the previous decl visible. 15445 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 15446 return true; 15447 } 15448 15449 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 15450 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 15451 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 15452 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 15453 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 15454 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 15455 CurContext = OCD; 15456 return IDecl; 15457 } 15458 15459 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 15460 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 15461 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 15462 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15463 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15464 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 15465 15466 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 15467 15468 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 15469 return; 15470 15471 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 15472 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 15473 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 15474 15475 // C++ [class]p2: 15476 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 15477 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 15478 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 15479 // as if it were a public member name. 15480 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create( 15481 Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(), 15482 Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(), 15483 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 15484 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 15485 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 15486 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 15487 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 15488 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 15489 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 15490 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 15491 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 15492 "Broken injected-class-name"); 15493 } 15494 15495 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 15496 SourceRange BraceRange) { 15497 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15498 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15499 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 15500 15501 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 15502 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 15503 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 15504 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 15505 RD->completeDefinition(); 15506 } 15507 15508 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 15509 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 15510 } 15511 15512 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 15513 PopDeclContext(); 15514 15515 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 15516 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 15517 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 15518 15519 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 15520 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 15521 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 15522 } 15523 15524 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 15525 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 15526 PopDeclContext(); 15527 } 15528 15529 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 15530 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 15531 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 15532 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 15533 } 15534 15535 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 15536 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 15537 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 15538 } 15539 15540 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 15541 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15542 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15543 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 15544 15545 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 15546 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 15547 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 15548 RD->completeDefinition(); 15549 } 15550 15551 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 15552 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 15553 // the FieldCollector. 15554 15555 PopDeclContext(); 15556 } 15557 15558 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 15559 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 15560 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 15561 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 15562 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 15563 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 15564 if (ZeroWidth) 15565 *ZeroWidth = true; 15566 15567 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 15568 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 15569 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 15570 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 15571 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 15572 return ExprError(); 15573 if (FieldName) 15574 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 15575 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15576 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 15577 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15578 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 15579 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 15580 return ExprError(); 15581 15582 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 15583 // it now. 15584 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 15585 return BitWidth; 15586 15587 llvm::APSInt Value; 15588 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 15589 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 15590 return ICE; 15591 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 15592 15593 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 15594 *ZeroWidth = false; 15595 15596 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 15597 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 15598 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 15599 15600 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 15601 if (FieldName) 15602 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15603 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 15604 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15605 << Value.toString(10); 15606 } 15607 15608 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 15609 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 15610 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 15611 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 15612 15613 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 15614 // ABI. 15615 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 15616 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 15617 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 15618 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 15619 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 15620 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 15621 unsigned DiagWidth = 15622 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 15623 if (FieldName) 15624 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15625 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15626 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 15627 15628 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15629 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 15630 << DiagWidth; 15631 } 15632 15633 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 15634 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 15635 // 'bool'. 15636 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 15637 if (FieldName) 15638 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15639 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15640 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15641 else 15642 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15643 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15644 } 15645 } 15646 15647 return BitWidth; 15648 } 15649 15650 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 15651 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 15652 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 15653 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 15654 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 15655 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 15656 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 15657 return Res; 15658 } 15659 15660 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 15661 /// 15662 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 15663 SourceLocation DeclStart, 15664 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 15665 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 15666 AccessSpecifier AS) { 15667 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 15668 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 15669 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 15670 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 15671 return nullptr; 15672 } 15673 15674 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 15675 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 15676 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 15677 15678 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 15679 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 15680 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15681 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 15682 15683 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 15684 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 15685 D.setInvalidType(); 15686 T = Context.IntTy; 15687 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 15688 } 15689 } 15690 15691 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 15692 15693 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 15694 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 15695 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 15696 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 15697 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 15698 diag::err_invalid_thread) 15699 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 15700 15701 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 15702 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 15703 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 15704 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15705 LookupName(Previous, S); 15706 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 15707 case LookupResult::Found: 15708 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 15709 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 15710 break; 15711 15712 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 15713 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 15714 break; 15715 15716 case LookupResult::NotFound: 15717 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 15718 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 15719 break; 15720 } 15721 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 15722 15723 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15724 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15725 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 15726 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15727 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15728 } 15729 15730 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 15731 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15732 15733 bool Mutable 15734 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 15735 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc(); 15736 FieldDecl *NewFD 15737 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 15738 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 15739 15740 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 15741 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15742 15743 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 15744 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 15745 15746 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 15747 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 15748 // with the same name in the same scope. 15749 } else if (II) { 15750 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 15751 } else 15752 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 15753 15754 return NewFD; 15755 } 15756 15757 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 15758 /// 15759 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 15760 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 15761 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 15762 /// created. 15763 /// 15764 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 15765 /// 15766 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 15767 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 15768 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 15769 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 15770 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 15771 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 15772 SourceLocation TSSL, 15773 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 15774 Declarator *D) { 15775 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 15776 bool InvalidDecl = false; 15777 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 15778 15779 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 15780 // marking this declaration as invalid. 15781 if (T.isNull()) { 15782 InvalidDecl = true; 15783 T = Context.IntTy; 15784 } 15785 15786 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 15787 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15788 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 15789 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 15790 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15791 InvalidDecl = true; 15792 } else { 15793 NamedDecl *Def; 15794 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 15795 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 15796 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15797 InvalidDecl = true; 15798 } 15799 } 15800 } 15801 15802 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space 15803 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 15804 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 15805 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 15806 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15807 InvalidDecl = true; 15808 } 15809 15810 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 15811 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 15812 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 15813 if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || 15814 T->isBlockPointerType()) { 15815 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 15816 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15817 InvalidDecl = true; 15818 } 15819 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 15820 if (BitWidth) { 15821 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 15822 InvalidDecl = true; 15823 } 15824 } 15825 15826 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 15827 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 15828 T.hasQualifiers()) { 15829 InvalidDecl = true; 15830 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 15831 } 15832 15833 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 15834 // than a variably modified type. 15835 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 15836 bool SizeIsNegative; 15837 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 15838 15839 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 15840 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 15841 SizeIsNegative, 15842 Oversized); 15843 if (FixedTInfo) { 15844 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 15845 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 15846 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 15847 } else { 15848 if (SizeIsNegative) 15849 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 15850 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 15851 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 15852 << Oversized.toString(10); 15853 else 15854 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 15855 InvalidDecl = true; 15856 } 15857 } 15858 15859 // Fields can not have abstract class types 15860 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 15861 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 15862 AbstractFieldType)) 15863 InvalidDecl = true; 15864 15865 bool ZeroWidth = false; 15866 if (InvalidDecl) 15867 BitWidth = nullptr; 15868 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 15869 if (BitWidth) { 15870 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 15871 &ZeroWidth).get(); 15872 if (!BitWidth) { 15873 InvalidDecl = true; 15874 BitWidth = nullptr; 15875 ZeroWidth = false; 15876 } 15877 } 15878 15879 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 15880 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 15881 unsigned DiagID = 0; 15882 if (T->isReferenceType()) 15883 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 15884 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 15885 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 15886 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 15887 15888 if (DiagID) { 15889 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 15890 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 15891 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 15892 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 15893 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 15894 Mutable = false; 15895 InvalidDecl = true; 15896 } 15897 } 15898 } 15899 15900 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 15901 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 15902 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 15903 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 15904 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 15905 15906 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 15907 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 15908 if (InvalidDecl) 15909 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15910 15911 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15912 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 15913 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15914 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15915 } 15916 15917 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15918 if (Record->isUnion()) { 15919 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15920 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 15921 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 15922 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 15923 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 15924 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 15925 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 15926 // objects. 15927 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 15928 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15929 } 15930 } 15931 15932 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 15933 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 15934 // enabled. 15935 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 15936 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 15937 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 15938 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 15939 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 15940 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 15941 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15942 } 15943 } 15944 } 15945 15946 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 15947 // representation, not a parser representation. 15948 if (D) { 15949 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 15950 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 15951 15952 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 15953 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 15954 } 15955 15956 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 15957 // retainable type. 15958 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 15959 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 15960 15961 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 15962 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 15963 15964 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 15965 return NewFD; 15966 } 15967 15968 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 15969 assert(FD); 15970 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 15971 15972 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 15973 return false; 15974 15975 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15976 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15977 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 15978 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 15979 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 15980 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 15981 // copy constructors. 15982 15983 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 15984 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 15985 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 15986 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 15987 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 15988 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 15989 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 15990 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 15991 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 15992 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 15993 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 15994 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 15995 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 15996 member = CXXDestructor; 15997 15998 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 15999 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 16000 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 16001 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 16002 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 16003 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 16004 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 16005 // members unavailable. 16006 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 16007 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 16008 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 16009 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 16010 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 16011 return false; 16012 } 16013 } 16014 16015 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 16016 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 16017 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 16018 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 16019 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 16020 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 16021 } 16022 } 16023 } 16024 16025 return false; 16026 } 16027 16028 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 16029 /// AST enum value. 16030 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 16031 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 16032 switch (ivarVisibility) { 16033 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 16034 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 16035 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 16036 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 16037 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 16038 } 16039 } 16040 16041 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 16042 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 16043 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 16044 SourceLocation DeclStart, 16045 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 16046 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 16047 16048 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 16049 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 16050 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 16051 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 16052 16053 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 16054 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 16055 16056 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 16057 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 16058 16059 if (BitWidth) { 16060 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 16061 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 16062 if (!BitWidth) 16063 D.setInvalidType(); 16064 } else { 16065 // Not a bitfield. 16066 16067 // validate II. 16068 16069 } 16070 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 16071 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 16072 D.setInvalidType(); 16073 } 16074 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 16075 // than a variably modified type. 16076 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 16077 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 16078 D.setInvalidType(); 16079 } 16080 16081 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 16082 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 16083 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 16084 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 16085 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 16086 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 16087 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 16088 return nullptr; 16089 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 16090 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 16091 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16092 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 16093 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 16094 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 16095 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 16096 } 16097 else 16098 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 16099 } else { 16100 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16101 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16102 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 16103 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 16104 return nullptr; 16105 } 16106 } 16107 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 16108 } 16109 16110 // Construct the decl. 16111 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 16112 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 16113 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 16114 16115 if (II) { 16116 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 16117 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16118 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 16119 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16120 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 16121 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 16122 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16123 } 16124 } 16125 16126 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 16127 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 16128 16129 if (D.isInvalidType()) 16130 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16131 16132 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 16133 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 16134 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16135 16136 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 16137 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 16138 16139 if (II) { 16140 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 16141 // these to the interface. 16142 S->AddDecl(NewID); 16143 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 16144 } 16145 16146 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 16147 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 16148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 16149 16150 return NewID; 16151 } 16152 16153 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 16154 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 16155 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 16156 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 16157 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 16158 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 16159 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 16160 return; 16161 16162 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 16163 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 16164 16165 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 16166 return; 16167 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 16168 if (!ID) { 16169 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 16170 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 16171 return; 16172 } 16173 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 16174 else 16175 return; 16176 } 16177 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 16178 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 16179 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 16180 16181 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 16182 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 16183 Context.CharTy, 16184 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 16185 DeclLoc), 16186 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 16187 true); 16188 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 16189 } 16190 16191 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 16192 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 16193 SourceLocation RBrac, 16194 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 16195 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 16196 16197 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 16198 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 16199 // it will now change. 16200 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16201 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 16202 switch (DC->getKind()) { 16203 default: break; 16204 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 16205 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 16206 break; 16207 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 16208 Context. 16209 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 16210 break; 16211 } 16212 } 16213 16214 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 16215 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 16216 16217 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 16218 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 16219 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 16220 if (Record) { 16221 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 16222 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 16223 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 16224 ++NumNamedMembers; 16225 } 16226 } 16227 16228 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 16229 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 16230 16231 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 16232 i != end; ++i) { 16233 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 16234 16235 // Get the type for the field. 16236 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 16237 16238 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 16239 // Remember all fields written by the user. 16240 RecFields.push_back(FD); 16241 } 16242 16243 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 16244 // diagnostics about it. 16245 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 16246 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16247 continue; 16248 } 16249 16250 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 16251 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 16252 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 16253 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 16254 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 16255 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 16256 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 16257 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 16258 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 16259 // array. 16260 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 16261 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 16262 // Field declared as a function. 16263 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 16264 << FD->getDeclName(); 16265 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16266 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16267 continue; 16268 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 16269 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 16270 if (Record) { 16271 // Flexible array member. 16272 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 16273 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 16274 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 16275 unsigned DiagID = 0; 16276 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 16277 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 16278 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 16279 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 16280 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16281 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16282 continue; 16283 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 16284 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 16285 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 16286 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 16287 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 16288 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 16289 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 16290 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 16291 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 16292 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 16293 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 16294 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 16295 16296 if (DiagID) 16297 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 16298 << Record->getTagKind(); 16299 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 16300 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 16301 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 16302 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 16303 // of the type. 16304 if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0) 16305 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 16306 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 16307 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 16308 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 16309 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 16310 16311 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 16312 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 16313 // 16314 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 16315 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 16316 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16317 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 16318 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 16319 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 16320 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16321 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16322 continue; 16323 } 16324 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 16325 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 16326 } else { 16327 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 16328 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 16329 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 16330 } 16331 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 16332 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 16333 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 16334 // Incomplete type 16335 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16336 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16337 continue; 16338 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16339 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 16340 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 16341 // flexible array member. 16342 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 16343 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 16344 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 16345 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 16346 // structures. 16347 if (!IsLastField) 16348 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 16349 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 16350 else { 16351 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 16352 // other structs as an extension. 16353 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 16354 << FD->getDeclName(); 16355 } 16356 } 16357 } 16358 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 16359 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 16360 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 16361 AbstractIvarType)) { 16362 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 16363 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16364 } 16365 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 16366 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16367 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 16368 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 16369 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 16370 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 16371 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 16372 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 16373 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 16374 FD->setType(T); 16375 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 16376 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 16377 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 16378 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 16379 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 16380 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16381 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 16382 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16383 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 16384 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 16385 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16386 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 16387 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 16388 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16389 } 16390 } 16391 16392 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 16393 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 16394 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) { 16395 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 16396 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 16397 Record->isUnion()) 16398 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true); 16399 } 16400 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 16401 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) { 16402 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 16403 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 16404 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true); 16405 } 16406 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 16407 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 16408 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 16409 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 16410 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true); 16411 } 16412 16413 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16414 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 16415 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 16416 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 16417 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 16418 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 16419 } 16420 16421 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 16422 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 16423 // Keep track of the number of named members. 16424 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 16425 ++NumNamedMembers; 16426 } 16427 16428 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 16429 if (Record) { 16430 bool Completed = false; 16431 if (CXXRecord) { 16432 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 16433 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 16434 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 16435 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 16436 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 16437 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 16438 } 16439 16440 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 16441 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 16442 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 16443 16444 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 16445 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 16446 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 16447 // problem now. 16448 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 16449 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 16450 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 16451 16452 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 16453 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 16454 M != MEnd; ++M) { 16455 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 16456 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 16457 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 16458 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 16459 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 16460 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 16461 continue; 16462 16463 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 16464 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 16465 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 16466 // program is ill-formed. 16467 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 16468 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 16469 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 16470 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 16471 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 16472 OM = SO->second.begin(), 16473 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 16474 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 16475 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 16476 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 16477 16478 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16479 } 16480 } 16481 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 16482 Completed = true; 16483 } 16484 } 16485 } 16486 } 16487 16488 if (!Completed) 16489 Record->completeDefinition(); 16490 16491 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 16492 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); 16493 16494 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 16495 if (CXXRecord) { 16496 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 16497 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 16498 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 16499 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 16500 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 16501 } 16502 } 16503 16504 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 16505 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 16506 16507 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 16508 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 16509 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 16510 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 16511 } 16512 16513 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 16514 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 16515 // compatibility problems. 16516 bool CheckForZeroSize; 16517 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16518 CheckForZeroSize = true; 16519 } else { 16520 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 16521 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 16522 CheckForZeroSize = 16523 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 16524 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 16525 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 16526 } 16527 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 16528 bool ZeroSize = true; 16529 bool IsEmpty = true; 16530 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 16531 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 16532 E = Record->field_end(); 16533 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 16534 IsEmpty = false; 16535 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 16536 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 16537 ZeroSize = false; 16538 } else { 16539 ++NonBitFields; 16540 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 16541 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 16542 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 16543 ZeroSize = false; 16544 } 16545 } 16546 16547 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 16548 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 16549 // extern "C" block. 16550 if (ZeroSize) { 16551 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 16552 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 16553 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 16554 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 16555 } 16556 16557 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 16558 // but are accepted by GCC. 16559 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16560 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 16561 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 16562 << Record->isUnion(); 16563 } 16564 } 16565 } else { 16566 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 16567 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 16568 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16569 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 16570 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 16571 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16572 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 16573 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16574 } 16575 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 16576 // duplicates. 16577 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 16578 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 16579 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 16580 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16581 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 16582 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 16583 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 16584 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 16585 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 16586 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 16587 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16588 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16589 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16590 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16591 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 16592 // reported as errors elsewhere. 16593 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 16594 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 16595 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 16596 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 16597 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 16598 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16599 if (IDecl) { 16600 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 16601 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16602 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16603 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16604 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16605 continue; 16606 } 16607 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 16608 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 16609 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16610 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16611 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16612 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16613 continue; 16614 } 16615 } 16616 } 16617 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 16618 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16619 } 16620 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16621 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16622 } 16623 } 16624 } 16625 16626 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 16627 /// the given type T. 16628 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 16629 llvm::APSInt &Value, 16630 QualType T) { 16631 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 16632 "Integral type required!"); 16633 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 16634 16635 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 16636 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 16637 --BitWidth; 16638 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 16639 } 16640 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 16641 } 16642 16643 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 16644 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 16645 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 16646 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 16647 // enum checking below. 16648 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 16649 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 16650 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 16651 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16652 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 16653 }; 16654 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 16655 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 16656 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 16657 }; 16658 16659 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 16660 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 16661 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 16662 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 16663 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 16664 return Types[I]; 16665 16666 return QualType(); 16667 } 16668 16669 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 16670 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 16671 SourceLocation IdLoc, 16672 IdentifierInfo *Id, 16673 Expr *Val) { 16674 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 16675 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 16676 QualType EltTy; 16677 16678 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 16679 Val = nullptr; 16680 16681 if (Val) 16682 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 16683 16684 if (Val) { 16685 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 16686 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 16687 else { 16688 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 16689 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 16690 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 16691 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 16692 // constant expression of the underlying type. 16693 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16694 ExprResult Converted = 16695 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 16696 CCEK_Enumerator); 16697 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 16698 Val = nullptr; 16699 else 16700 Val = Converted.get(); 16701 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 16702 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 16703 &EnumVal).get())) { 16704 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 16705 } else { 16706 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 16707 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16708 16709 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 16710 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 16711 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 16712 // expression checking. 16713 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 16714 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 16715 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 16716 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 16717 } else 16718 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 16719 } else 16720 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 16721 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 16722 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 16723 .get(); 16724 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16725 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 16726 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16727 // is the type of its initializing value: 16728 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 16729 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 16730 EltTy = Val->getType(); 16731 } else { 16732 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 16733 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 16734 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 16735 // representable as an int. 16736 16737 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 16738 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 16739 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 16740 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 16741 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 16742 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 16743 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 16744 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 16745 } 16746 EltTy = Val->getType(); 16747 } 16748 } 16749 } 16750 } 16751 16752 if (!Val) { 16753 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 16754 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 16755 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 16756 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 16757 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16758 // is the type of its initializing value: 16759 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 16760 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 16761 // 16762 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 16763 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 16764 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 16765 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16766 } 16767 else { 16768 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 16769 } 16770 } else { 16771 // Assign the last value + 1. 16772 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16773 ++EnumVal; 16774 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 16775 16776 // Check for overflow on increment. 16777 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 16778 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 16779 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 16780 // is the type of its initializing value: 16781 // 16782 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 16783 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 16784 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 16785 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 16786 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 16787 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 16788 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 16789 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 16790 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 16791 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 16792 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16793 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 16794 ++EnumVal; 16795 if (Enum->isFixed()) 16796 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 16797 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 16798 << EnumVal.toString(10) 16799 << EltTy; 16800 else 16801 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 16802 << EnumVal.toString(10); 16803 } else { 16804 EltTy = T; 16805 } 16806 16807 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 16808 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 16809 // value, then increment. 16810 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 16811 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 16812 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 16813 ++EnumVal; 16814 16815 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 16816 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 16817 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 16818 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 16819 // integral type. 16820 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 16821 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 16822 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16823 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 16824 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 16825 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 16826 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 16827 } 16828 } 16829 } 16830 16831 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 16832 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 16833 // enumerator's type. 16834 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 16835 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 16836 } 16837 16838 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 16839 Val, EnumVal); 16840 } 16841 16842 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 16843 SourceLocation IILoc) { 16844 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 16845 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16846 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16847 16848 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 16849 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 16850 // skip the body. 16851 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 16852 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 16853 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 16854 if (!PrevECD) 16855 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16856 16857 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 16858 NamedDecl *Hidden; 16859 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 16860 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 16861 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 16862 return Skip; 16863 } 16864 16865 return SkipBodyInfo(); 16866 } 16867 16868 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 16869 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 16870 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, 16871 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 16872 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 16873 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 16874 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 16875 16876 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 16877 // we find one that is. 16878 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 16879 16880 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 16881 // scope. 16882 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16883 LookupName(R, S); 16884 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 16885 16886 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 16887 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 16888 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 16889 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 16890 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16891 } 16892 16893 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 16894 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 16895 // different from T: 16896 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 16897 // enumerated type 16898 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 16899 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 16900 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 16901 16902 EnumConstantDecl *New = 16903 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 16904 if (!New) 16905 return nullptr; 16906 16907 if (PrevDecl) { 16908 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16909 // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled. 16910 CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R); 16911 } 16912 16913 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 16914 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 16915 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 16916 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 16917 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 16918 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16919 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 16920 else 16921 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 16922 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 16923 return nullptr; 16924 } 16925 } 16926 16927 // Process attributes. 16928 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 16929 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 16930 16931 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 16932 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 16933 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 16934 16935 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 16936 16937 return New; 16938 } 16939 16940 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 16941 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 16942 // Element2 = Element1 16943 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 16944 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 16945 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 16946 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 16947 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 16948 if (!InitExpr) 16949 return true; 16950 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 16951 16952 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 16953 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 16954 return true; 16955 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 16956 if (!IL) 16957 return true; 16958 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 16959 return true; 16960 16961 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 16962 } 16963 16964 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 16965 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 16966 if (!DRE) 16967 return true; 16968 16969 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 16970 if (!EnumConstant) 16971 return true; 16972 16973 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 16974 Enum) 16975 return true; 16976 16977 return false; 16978 } 16979 16980 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 16981 // a previous element has already been set to. 16982 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 16983 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 16984 // Avoid anonymous enums 16985 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 16986 return; 16987 16988 // Only check for small enums. 16989 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 16990 return; 16991 16992 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 16993 return; 16994 16995 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 16996 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 16997 16998 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 16999 typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 17000 17001 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys. 17002 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 17003 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 17004 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 17005 }; 17006 17007 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 17008 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 17009 17010 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 17011 // an initializer. 17012 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 17013 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 17014 17015 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 17016 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 17017 if (!ECD) { 17018 return; 17019 } 17020 17021 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 17022 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 17023 continue; 17024 17025 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 17026 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 17027 } 17028 17029 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 17030 return; 17031 17032 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 17033 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 17034 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 17035 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 17036 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 17037 continue; 17038 17039 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 17040 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 17041 continue; 17042 17043 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 17044 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 17045 // Ensure constants are different. 17046 if (D == ECD) 17047 continue; 17048 17049 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 17050 auto Vec = llvm::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 17051 Vec->push_back(D); 17052 Vec->push_back(ECD); 17053 17054 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 17055 Entry = Vec.get(); 17056 17057 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 17058 // diagnostics. 17059 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 17060 continue; 17061 } 17062 17063 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 17064 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 17065 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 17066 continue; 17067 17068 Vec->push_back(ECD); 17069 } 17070 17071 // Emit diagnostics. 17072 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 17073 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 17074 17075 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 17076 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 17077 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 17078 << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 17079 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 17080 17081 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 17082 // the same value. 17083 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) 17084 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 17085 << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 17086 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 17087 } 17088 } 17089 17090 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 17091 bool AllowMask) const { 17092 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 17093 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 17094 17095 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 17096 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 17097 17098 if (R.second) { 17099 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 17100 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 17101 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 17102 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 17103 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 17104 } 17105 } 17106 17107 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 17108 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 17109 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 17110 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 17111 // 17112 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 17113 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 17114 // likely a logic error. 17115 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 17116 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 17117 } 17118 17119 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 17120 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, 17121 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 17122 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 17123 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 17124 17125 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); 17126 17127 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 17128 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17129 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 17130 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 17131 if (!ECD) continue; 17132 17133 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17134 } 17135 17136 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 17137 return; 17138 } 17139 17140 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 17141 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 17142 // emit a warning. 17143 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 17144 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 17145 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 17146 17147 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 17148 // reverse the list. 17149 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 17150 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 17151 17152 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 17153 bool AllElementsInt = true; 17154 17155 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17156 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 17157 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 17158 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17159 17160 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17161 17162 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 17163 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 17164 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 17165 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 17166 else 17167 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 17168 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 17169 17170 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common). 17171 if (AllElementsInt) 17172 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 17173 } 17174 17175 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 17176 QualType BestType; 17177 unsigned BestWidth; 17178 17179 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 17180 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 17181 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 17182 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 17183 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 17184 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 17185 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 17186 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 17187 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 17188 QualType BestPromotionType; 17189 17190 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 17191 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 17192 // enum definitions. 17193 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 17194 Packed = true; 17195 17196 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 17197 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 17198 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 17199 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17200 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 17201 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 17202 else 17203 BestPromotionType = BestType; 17204 17205 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 17206 } 17207 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 17208 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 17209 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 17210 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 17211 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 17212 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 17213 BestWidth = CharWidth; 17214 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 17215 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 17216 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 17217 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 17218 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 17219 BestType = Context.IntTy; 17220 BestWidth = IntWidth; 17221 } else { 17222 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 17223 17224 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 17225 BestType = Context.LongTy; 17226 } else { 17227 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 17228 17229 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 17230 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 17231 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 17232 } 17233 } 17234 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 17235 } else { 17236 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 17237 // all of the enumerator values. 17238 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 17239 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 17240 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 17241 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 17242 BestWidth = CharWidth; 17243 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 17244 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 17245 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 17246 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 17247 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 17248 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 17249 BestWidth = IntWidth; 17250 BestPromotionType 17251 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17252 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 17253 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 17254 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 17255 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 17256 BestPromotionType 17257 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17258 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 17259 } else { 17260 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 17261 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 17262 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 17263 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 17264 BestPromotionType 17265 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17266 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 17267 } 17268 } 17269 17270 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 17271 // the type of the enum if needed. 17272 for (auto *D : Elements) { 17273 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 17274 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17275 17276 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 17277 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 17278 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 17279 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 17280 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 17281 17282 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 17283 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17284 17285 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 17286 // the enum decl type. 17287 QualType NewTy; 17288 unsigned NewWidth; 17289 bool NewSign; 17290 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17291 !Enum->isFixed() && 17292 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 17293 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 17294 NewWidth = IntWidth; 17295 NewSign = true; 17296 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 17297 // Already the right type! 17298 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17299 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 17300 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 17301 // enumeration. 17302 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17303 continue; 17304 } else { 17305 NewTy = BestType; 17306 NewWidth = BestWidth; 17307 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 17308 } 17309 17310 // Adjust the APSInt value. 17311 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 17312 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 17313 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 17314 17315 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 17316 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 17317 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 17318 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 17319 CK_IntegralCast, 17320 ECD->getInitExpr(), 17321 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 17322 VK_RValue)); 17323 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17324 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 17325 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 17326 // enumeration. 17327 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17328 else 17329 ECD->setType(NewTy); 17330 } 17331 17332 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 17333 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 17334 17335 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 17336 17337 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 17338 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 17339 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 17340 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17341 17342 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17343 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 17344 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 17345 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 17346 << ECD << Enum; 17347 } 17348 } 17349 17350 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 17351 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 17352 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 17353 } 17354 17355 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 17356 SourceLocation StartLoc, 17357 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 17358 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 17359 17360 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 17361 AsmString, StartLoc, 17362 EndLoc); 17363 CurContext->addDecl(New); 17364 return New; 17365 } 17366 17367 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17368 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17369 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17370 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17371 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17372 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 17373 LookupOrdinaryName); 17374 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 17375 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 17376 17377 // If a declaration that: 17378 // 1) declares a function or a variable 17379 // 2) has external linkage 17380 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 17381 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17382 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 17383 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 17384 else 17385 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 17386 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 17387 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 17388 } else 17389 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 17390 } 17391 17392 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17393 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17394 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 17395 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 17396 17397 if (PrevDecl) { 17398 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 17399 } else { 17400 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17401 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 17402 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 17403 } 17404 } 17405 17406 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17407 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17408 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17409 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17410 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17411 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 17412 LookupOrdinaryName); 17413 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 17414 17415 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17416 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 17417 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 17418 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 17419 } else { 17420 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17421 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 17422 } 17423 } 17424 17425 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 17426 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 17427 } 17428